Get Involved! Volunteer!

Visibility
Site category: 
KBOO Station News

At KBOO we have a dynamic community of 500 volunteers doing everything from front desk work, janitorial work, community reporting, hosting information booths, clerical support, news writing, documentary making, engineering live music, operating sound boards, engineering and computer help, website upkeep, and many, many other things.

KBOO absolutely depends on volunteers to carry out the work of the station.

Volunteering at KBOO can take many, many paths. We have volunteers who come in to do things a few times each year, and other volunteers who spend 20+ hours each week at the station.  Our volunteers range in age from nine years old to more than 80. Our community strives for inclusivity, and includes people of many races, ethnicities, gender identities, sexual orientations, spiritual paths, economic classes, and political & philosophical schools of thought. Together we make up a thriving multi-cultural community working to create fabulous radio.

For further information about volunteering at KBOO please contact Ani at 503-231-8032 ext. 213, or email her at volunteer[at]kboo[dot]org.

Orientations for new volunteers happen monthly, and are held at KBOO, 20 SE 8th Ave., just 1/2 block south of Burnside.

In general, there is a three step process to being an active volunteer:

To volunteer at KBOO you must be able to work collaboratively in a richly diverse, often hectic environment that is committed to non-violence within all levels of the organization.

Depending on your interests and availability, there are a great variety of things to do with KBOO. Some needs have very regular schedules, some are occasional. In general, volunteers write and produce news and public affairs content, mix-live music in studio, keep our website fresh and interesting, help with clerical support, help with outreach and special events, maintain the record library and archives, record lectures, meetings and readings, produce audio graphic arts, staff the front desk, and in many other ways

Currently, our biggest needs are for board operators, live music mixologists, audio producers, production trainers, clerical support in the membership office, and outreach volunteers to help with special events, outreach tables and flyering. 

We also currently have openings in the following areas:

If you have been to volunteer orientation and are interested in any of these roles, contact me to let me know. I will be happy to talk with you about the specific role, any training you need, and the schedule involved. 

If you have not yet attended an orientation for new volunteers, contact me (ani) for all of the details to get involved! Call me at 503-231-8032 ext. 213, or via email

The next volunteer orientation will be held:

Tuesday, July 2nd,  6 - 8 pm

The following orientation will be held:
August 6th, 6 - 8 pm

  Contact Ani at 503-231-8032 ext. 213 or via email at volunteer[at]kboo[dot]org to with any questions regarding volunteer orienation or volunteering at KBOO. There is no pre-registration for the volunteer orientation-- just attend if you are able (and bring a pen!).

 

KBOO offers training in radio production, voice and microphone skills, audio editing, and field recording for volunteers who have attended Volunteer Orientation and commit to volunteering to fill station needs.  We ask that you schedule at least 8 hours of volunteerism for each class you take. Contact Ani for more details.

 

 

 

If you've been considering volunteering, NOW IS THE TIME!


What do volunteers do at KBOO?

 Volunteers at KBOO are active throughout the station, both on and off of the air. Nearly every show heard on KBOO is produced, recorded, engineered, and broadcast by volunteers.

 If you are a volunteer and want to be sure that you are keeping in touch with all of the station news and opportunities, contact Ani, and ask to be added to the volunteer email distribution list.

 

Call 503-231-8032 ext. 213 to sign up, or email Ani Haines, Volunteer Coordinator, at volunteer@kboo.org

no

Program Proposal Form

Please be advised that, while we are always open to receiving program proposals, we have few-to-no on air slots open at any given time. Proposals will be reviewed by the Program Advisory Committee. You will be informed of the feedback given by the Program Advisory Committee. Approved Proposals will be kept on file by the Program Director, and you will be informed of program openings for 1 year after you submit a general program proposal.

this can be a .wav or .mp3 file

Promotion and Outreach for Programmers

Thanks for promoting your program! Folks seemed to get a lot out of it so we'll definitely do it again in the coming months.

Here are the topics we covered:

 

A)
Getting guests / an audience

1. Flyer
2. Community events & collaborating with venues. 
3. Create an online presence
4. Create an on-air presence
5. Invite guests to your show.

6. Get tickets for shows.

B) Announcing an upcoming show

1. Press releases / calendar announcements
2. Post online
3. Networking with guests
4. KBOO Listener Guide

C) On the air

1. Announce ways to contact your show in general
2. Announce how people can find out more info

D)
Afterward

1. Posting playlists & audio on kboo.fm
2. Posting playlists & audio elsewhere
3. Follow up with guests to have them do post promotion, give them the link to
your show / audio
4. The “viral effect”

E) Further reading
1. Resources on the KBOO website 

F) Questions / Other ideas?

 

Attached below you will find two templates that were shown in the training:

flyer template (powerpoint version)
flyer template (word version)

If you have specific questions about outreach or web promotions contact Toni or Marc.

 

AttachmentSize
flyer template.ppt55 KB
flyer template.doc42.5 KB

Trainings

To sign up for the following trainings, you must first attend a volunteer orientation. Our next volunteer orientation will be held Tuesday, July 2nd, 6 - 8 pm.  If you have already been to orientaiton, and would like to sign up for any of these trainings, or discuss which trainings you need, please contact Ani Haines

Please see our volunteer page for more about volunteering, and attending the orientation.

While trainings are free to active volunteers at KBOO, we do require that you volunteer for eight-hours following each training you sign up for.

We have regular trainings monthly to help build skills in audio production and news writing & reporting.

Intro to Studio and Audio Production

 Saturday June 15, 11am - 3pm, with BreAna Loranger

 Sunday June 23, 11am - 3pm, with BreAna Loranger

Learn your way around the KBOO studios, how a mixing board works, the ins and outs of our equipment, and the checkout procedure.  This is the very first production training you should take, it is required for all further production training. 

We also require a listening session after this class. The listening sessions are ONLY open to those who take Intro to Studio and Audio Production.

Saturday June 22nd 2pm-4pm with Erin Yanke

Legal Training: FCC Issues in Broadcast

Wednesday, July 3rd, 7 - 9 pm, with Ani Haines

This is a required course for all on-air volunteers. You will learn all about FCC regulations — like indecency, slander/libel, payola/plugola, and so much more.

Board Operator Training

Wed June 12th, 9:30am - 12:30pm with Kurt Lauer

You will shadow the Board Ops for a few shows. You will learn the ins and outs of the Air Room, as well as how to communicate with the program host, how to cue music, etiquette for putting calls on the air, how to be prepared for emergencies,  and much more. You will then  practice running the Board in Production One, using morning run sheets.

PM News Orientation

 Wednesday June 12th, 10am - 11:30am, with Jenka Soderberg

Learn the basics of KBOO Evening news production process, how to begin volunteering with Evening news, how the Newsroom production studio works, and some basic interviewing techniques.

News Writing for Radio

 Wednesday June 26th, 10am - Noon, with Jenka Soderberg

You will learn how to effectively write new copy for radio: intros, outtros, what to avoid, how to write copy for anchors, and the basics of voicing into microphones. Prerequisite:NEWSROOM ORIENTATION.

Interviewing Techniques

 Wednesday June 19th, 10am - noon, with Jenka Soderberg

Interviewing techniques – the art of the interview.  It’s more than just putting a microphone in front of someone!  Learn how to prepare for your interview, how to phrase your questions, and audio techniques for maximum effect. This training is aimed at news and public affairs volunteers. 

 

Field Recording Intensive

Wednesday June 26, 3-7pm, with Jimmy Tardy

You will focus on learning the Zoom Recorder, the the check-out and check-in procedure for equipment, tips for getting the most out of your field recording, and how to put the audio from the recorder onto the computer for editing.  Then you will go and do field recording, to create broadcast content for KBOO. This class is required before you can check out equipment for field recording.

Beginning Digital Editing

Saturday June 8th 2-4 with Ross Freeman-Levin (he will be available from 4-5 as well for 1 on 1 consultation)

Tuesday June 11th, 6-8pm, with Ross Freeman-Levin (he will be available from 4-5 as well for 1 on 1 consultation)


This class is the general introduction to the Adobe Audition Program. You will learn about file management, about digital editing, and how to upload your work onto the KBOO website, and how to download audio and edit it for KBOO airplay
PRE-REQUISITE: Introduction to Studio and Audio Production and Listening Session, Legal Training

 

Advanced Digital Editing

Wednesday June 19th, Noon - 2 with Rolf Semprebon

Learn how to use the multitrack functions in Adobe Audition, and make spots for KBOO on-air promotions.

PRE-REQUISITE: Introduction to Studio and Audio Production and Listening Session, Legal Training, Digital Editing

Twitter for KBOO Hosts, DJs and Board Operators

with Lisa Loving

This class will teach KBOO hosts, DJs and Board Operators all about Twitter: what to post, when and how often,
how to get followers, and more!

Announcing and Mic Technique

With Emily Young

How to use the number one tool of radio, The Microphone, to your advantage. We'll learn how to sound good on the microphone, how to prepare your script and voice, and more!

Commentary Writing for Radio

with  Per Fagereng

You will learn how to write commentaries for radio: how to begin, what to avoid, how towrite concisely, and the basics of voicing into microphones. BRING A 1-2 PAGE COMMENTARY TO CLASS

Prerequisite:Introduction to Audio Production, Listening Session

Live Remote Broadcasting Training

Led by Jon Wohlfert and Erin Yanke

Get the training to be part of KBOO’s exciting Live Remote Team!
Learn the duties of Hosting, Board Operation, Production, Engineering, and more!  We will also have trial run practices.

Prerequisite: Intro to Audio Production, Legal  Training, and the Listening Session.
 

Live Music Mixology: How to Mix and Broadcast Live Bands

Led by Jessy Damon, and Devin LeCroix

In this Two Day class you will learn how to mix and broadcast live performances in the KBOO studios. On the second day of the class you will mix a live band. You MUST attend both days.

Prerequisite: Introduction to Audio Production, Audio Production Listening Session, Legal Training

Live Music Mixology: Practice

Led by Jessy Damon, Nick Swartz and/or Jon Wohlfert.

 Practice your new mixing skills on local bands, who come into the studio. We record their set, post it on the KBOO Website, and put the set into our Library for airplay. Prerequisite: Live Music Mixology: How to Mix and Broadcast Live Bands

(If you are a local band that is interested in participating, please get in touch with Erin Yanke at program@kboo.org)

Live Music Mixology: Presonus Mixer Training

 Led by Phil Garfinkel

We have a presonus mixer that we used to great success mixing live bands in Studio 2 during the membership drive, and  this training will teach you how to use it.
You must have completed up to live mixology training to be eligible.
Led by Phil Garfinkel

Live Music Mixology: Presonus Mixer Training part 2 - The Software

Led by Phil Garfinkel

Learn how to use the Capture Software that comes with the new digital Presonus Mixer. The software allows us to record multiple inputs (voices, instruments, and sounds). Once the software records all of this, you'll be able to export and mix the tracks for broadcast or enjoyment.

Music Programming Essentials

Discuss some of the basic elements that are essential to quality music programming, both in technical skills and in compelling content. We will be sharing Tips, Pet Peeves, and do peer evaluations.

Public Affairs Programming Essentials

Discuss some of the basic elements that are essential to quality public affairs programming, both in technical skills and in compelling content. We will be sharing Tips, Pet Peeves, and learn how to do Critical Listening Evaluations.

no
AttachmentSize
pitch_11FD.pdf220.06 KB

Curriculum: Compelling Radio

This is the Curriculum we hand out in the initial Listening Session to get volunteers familiar with the concept of what good radio is, and how to make it!

KBOO Community Radio Listening Session Handout:
What Makes Great Radio?


(Thanks to Marilyn Pittman, Emily Young, Chris Merrick, Kathleen Stephenson, and Jenka
Soderberg for content.)

At KBOO, our programming is based on our Program Charter:


KBOO shall be a model of programming, filling needs that other media do not, providing
programming to unserved or underserved groups. KBOO shall provide access and training to
those communities.
KBOO news and public affairs programming shall place an emphasis on providing a forum
for unpopular, controversial, or neglected perspectives on important local, national, and
international issues, reflecting KBOO’s values of peace, justice, democracy, human rights,
multiculturalism, environmentalism, freedom of expression, and social change.
KBOO’s arts, cultural, and musical programming shall cover a wide spectrum of expression
from traditional to experimental, and reflect the diverse cultures we serve. KBOO shall strive for
spontaneity and programming excellence, both in content and technique.


Core Values:
Values that are the essence of KBOO and should remain intact no matter how the station
changes:
● Community: local, accessible, empowering. welcoming, inclusive, participatory, involved
● Progressive Perspective: questioning, vital, uncensored, controversial, activist
resource, educational, journalistic integrity, reflecting justice, peace, sustainability and
democracy.
● Emotional Maturity: respectful, honest, fair, positive, peaceful, non-violent, engaging,
open
● Diversity: valuing, embracing, bridging, listening, understanding, giving voice
● Leadership: bold, exploring, independent, cutting edge, responsible, excellence
● Creativity: eclectic, traditional to experimental, idiosyncratic, innovative, iconoclastic.
evolving, compelling


We are here at KBOO to make media!


Our Program Staff and Program Committee developed this criteria for excellent radio:


Some Traits of Compelling Radio


- Alternative Topics or Perspectives
- Prepared and Well Produced: Professional. The best version of yourself
-Informative, topical, new information given to listeners
-Being a true host: Explaining unfamiliar concepts, making a welcoming atmosphere, having an
on-air personality
-Having a Theme or thread running through the show.
- The emotion of the host matching the emotion of the content: Upbeat music, serious news, etc.
-Good Mix of music and public affairs. Commentary in a music show is thought out and
appropriate. Music in a Public Affairs show is relevant to the topic.
- Different points of view are respected.
-Overall content is fresh and up-to-date, lively, creative, with new music, new artists, new
guests, etc.
-Programmer connects to KBOO and other KBOO shows
-Lots of guests, interviews, local connections
-Interactive with a community, so community values the show
- Web presence


Some Traits of Non-compelling Radio


-Inept in presentation of content
-Discussing technical errors on the air
-Ranty and opinionated, rather than informative. Talking too much
-Repetitive information, guests, content. Boring.
-No theme or pattern, not telling the listeners what the theme is
-Bad mix of music and public affairs. Random ranting in the middle of a music show.
-Programmer unconnected to KBOO.
-Unprepared, not ready for emergencies, not focused on show at hand.
-Disrespect for other points of view, rudeness on the air.


KBOO desires to present positive mission based programming content, not humiliating, racist,
sexist, or other demeaning content.


Tips on Making Compelling Radio


PREPARE
-Communicate with the Board Op: Go over runsheets, hand signals, etc.
-Warm up with breathing exercises, vocal exercises, practice saying the names of the guests,
songs, artists, books, etc.


If you are also The Board Op:
-Check the operator logs for IDs, underwriting, ticket giveaways, etc.


Begin the show STRONG

-Know what the show is before yours, and have a good segue.
-Limit the use of theme music or Boo Player Spots. Underwriting, Community Calendar and
Legal ID (K-B-O-O Portland) are the only things that HAVE to be played at the top of the hour.
Work other spots into the show.
-Introduce yourself, the theme, the guests.
- PA - Draw listeners in, tell a story, get their interest.


THE RECAP
Throughout your show, do any or all of these things. During the day, about once every 10-15
minutes. Evening programs can go a bit longer.
-Your name, name of the show, names of the guests
-Topic or theme of the show
-KBOO ID, time
-Back announcing songs
-Forward announcing songs/guests/ticket giveaways
-Announce website, and the content you have put there for your listeners.


INTERVIEWS

Prepare yourself:
-Have interview questions In Advance. Use the Interview techniques handout , posted outside
the newsroom, for further guidance and information.
Prepare your guest:
-Prep them on how to use microphones, headphones, cough buttons
-Prep on indecent language
Also, let them know how they can hear the interview later, that you will be posting it to the
KBOO website, if you will give them a copy on CD at the end of the interview.


PROMOTION
During Your Show:
-Promote what’s coming up later in your show. Announce what you’ll be doing next week.
-Promote the show that is after yours. Promote similar shows. Promote specials. Promote
kboo.fm for more information.
Other Times:
Engage with Your Community. Make promos for other shows to use to cross promote. Make
flyers. Post information about your show on social media sites (Facebook, Twitter, etc.)


WEBSITE
Listeners respond to information given about the KBOO website and other related sites; make
sure to link to KBOO from Social Media.
-Put your playlists on the web, and tell your listeners that they are there.
-When booking guests, artists, musicians, ask them to promote their appearance on
KBOO and to link to KBOO from their web sites.


MISTAKES

Technical Errors:
Correct ASAP, be ready with a Boo Player Spot, or music
Don’t apologize.
If you cannot solve within 30 seconds, Go on the air and say “We are experiencing
technical difficulties, please stay tuned” and return to music. Do Not go on the air and blame the
equipment or explain what is going on.
Indecent Language:
Hit the DUMP BUTTON immediately.
Do not apologize or call attention to it. Move on.
Phone Calls:
For Callers Calling In:
Listen in Cue for the callers, so if there is a dial tone, you’ll know before it goes on over
the air.
Be prepared to take the caller off the air and use the dump button for indecent language
or abusive caller.
If you are calling a guest:
Be prepared with a back of plan, or music if you get a busy signal or distortion.


SELF LISTENING
It is important to record your show and listen to how you present your content.
Is it compelling radio?
Is it technically well done?
How does the content of your show fulfill the KBOO Programming Charter?
What are your overall strengths and weaknesses for followup?
Things to listen for, both good and bad:
Dead air, erratic levels, Station ID, Naming of guests, show name, full introduction of the
show, transitions (between guests, between songs and announcing, between everything),
how prepared do you sound?, announcements of other KBOO shows, website announced,
frequent re-caps, the quality of questions, the level of ranting, interruptions, how were callers
handled, Ums and Ahs, the quality of information, good communication between host and Board
Operator, music levels, how were technical difficulties handled?


GENERAL KBOO ETIQUETTE


COURTESY
Please observe KBOO House Rules on behavior, both on and off air.
-Be a good neighbor to the shows around you. Have a smooth transition between
shows. Have one thing ready to play, and set up for your show once your time begins. Clean up
your music or notes before your show ends. Treat the other show hosts with respect .
Also, please make sure KBOO Staff has up-to-date contact information for you.


(April, 2011, EY)

no

Curriculum: Digital Editing Tutorial

Not technically curriculum, Adobe Audition is the editing software we use at KBOO. This is a basic tutorial for our basic use we hand out after the Beginning Digital Editing class.
 

Digital Editing Tutorial:

 

Opening Adobe Audition

 

Adobe Audition is a software program that makes it easy to edit, mix, and save audio files.

To open, click on the Adobe Audition icon from the desktop or start menu.


 

Getting Familiar with the Audition Work Area

Adobe Audition provides different work areas for editing sound files. To edit individual sound files, or waveforms use the Edit View. To work with multiple sound files use Multitrack View.

 

1. Edit View: This view allows you to edit individual audio or music waveforms. The most common tools used in Edit View are cut and paste, and adjust amplitude (or volume).

2. Multitrack View: This view allows you to see and make adjustments to multiple waveforms, overlay more than one track (as in a mix), split tracks, and fade in and out.

  1. CD Project View: This view enables you to select tracks and burn them to a CD.


 

Opening your audio file in Adobe Audition

 

1. Click on the Edit View tab in the work area window. (Note: individual sound files can only be opened in the Edit View workspace. Saved “Sessions”, which are multiple waveforms in the process of being mixed together, can only be opened in the Multitrack View.)

  1. Click on the File menu, and click Open (or use the Folder icon on the toolbar)

 


 

3. Find the file you wish to open, and click on it. Then press ‘Open’, and the file is opened into Audition. The time required by the program to open the file will vary based on the length of the file, in time, and the format of the file. (.mp3 or .wav)

4. The progress bar indicates how much time remains to open the file.


 


 

Listening to the audio file in Adobe Audition

 

1. Your audio appears as a waveform in the workspace of Audition. A more detailed explanation of waves and sound files is included at the end of this tutorial.

2. Be sure to listen to your audio with headphones while you edit.

3. The yellow dotted vertical line with a yellow triangle at the top and bottom is called the Time Cursor. Wherever the Time Cursor is located in your waveform, that is the point from which Audition will begin playing back your file.

4. Click around in the audio display and click play on the transport controls in the lower left corner of the window.

Note:

Tapping the spacebar on the keyboard starts and stops playback from the cursor point at any time in Edit or Multitrack view.


 


 

Editing audio files in Adobe Audition

 

Editing audio files requires not only a lot of listening, but zooming in and out frequently. The zoom in feature enables you to focus on very small pieces of audio that may need to be made louder, softer, or deleted altogether

 

Click the Zoom In Horizontally button to zoom in on the center of the visible waveform window or session.

Click the Zoom To Selection button zoom in on the actively selected waveform or session range.

Click the Zoom In To Right Edge Of Selection button to zoom in on the right boundary of the actively selected waveform range or session.

Click the Zoom In To Left Edge Of Selection button to zoom in on the left boundary of the actively selected waveform range or session.

Click the Zoom Out Horizontally button to zoom out from the center of the visible waveform window or session.

Click the Zoom Out Full Both Axis button to zoom out to display the entire waveform or blocks that are contained within a session.


 

Practice zooming in and out of the audio file using the Zoom tools.

 

You can also Zoom in and out using the wheel on the mouse. Gently roll the wheel away from you to zoom in on a specific segment of sound, and towards you to zoom out again.

Create a new blank audio track

 

1 Choose File > New. Alternatively, click the New File button in the toolbar (or type Ctrl-N).

2 Select a sample rate in the list, or type a custom sample rate in the text box.


 

For audio files that contain only voices, choose Mono. Music can also be saved in mono when it is intended to be combined with voice. This will not affect the quality of the final broadcast.

 

Stereo files take twice the amount of computer space than mono tracks, because there are two channels instead of one.

 

The standard for voice is a sample rate of 44100, mono, 16-bit resolution.


 

 


 


 


 

The new blank track appears in the file list as Untitled.

Editing the audio file in Adobe Audition

 

1. Tap the spacebar to listen to the beginning of the audio file.

2. Zoom into the beginning of the wave file.

3. As you play the audio, watch the time indicator at the bottom of the window.

4. If you come to a place in the audio where you wish to place a marker, tap the F8 button at the top of the keyboard to insert a Cue Marker at that time location.

You can use this marker to help find this place in the sound file easily, and use it to highlight the segment you wish to delete.

5. The cue can be moved by dragging the top or bottom triangle to the left or right.

To delete the cue, position the mouse pointer on top of the triangle and click the RIGHT MOUSE BUTTON, and choose Delete from the menu.

Highlighting and deleting sections of audio

1 Click and hold the left mouse button, and highlight the section of the sound file that you wish to delete.

2 After the segment is highlighted, press the SPACEBAR on the keyboard to listen the segment you are about to delete, and confirm that you have the right spot highlighted.

3. Delete the segment by clicking on the Edit menu, and then Delete Selection (or pressing the ‘Del’ key).

Copying the audio to save

 

Now, say you have a long interview, and you want to pull out a couple of short clips. Rather than edit the whole interview down, it is often easier to pull out the parts you want and paste them into a new track.

1 Click on the File menu, and click New (or type Ctrl-N). This creates a new audio track.

2 Highlight the segment you want by clicking and dragging the cursor over the audio you want to save separately.

3 After highlighting the audio segment, click on the Edit Menu, and then click Copy . (or type Ctrl-C)
The highlighted audio is copied into the clipboard.

4 Double click on the Untitled track under the File list.

5 Click Paste (or Ctrl-V) to copy the audio segment into the blank track.

6 On the File menu, click Save. Be sure you are saving into the correct directory on the “Net Drive2/Public/Shared Files Net 2/your_name/ folder.

7 Change the file type from a Wav to MP3, by dropping down the Save As Type menu and clicking on to MP3.

8 Name the file with the date formatted as ‘MMDD your_name topic interviewees_name clip1’ (ex: 0424 jenka measure37 dave adams clip1.mp3 ).

Digital Sound Primer from Adobe Audition Program Help

Sound is created by vibrations, such as those produced by a guitar string, vocal cords, or a speaker cone. These vibrations move the air molecules near them, forcing molecules together, and as a result raising the air pressure slightly.

The air molecules that are under pressure then push on the air molecules surrounding them, which push on the next set of air molecules, and so forth, causing a wave of high pressure to move through the air.

As high pressure areas move through the air, they leave low pressure areas behind them. When these pressure lows and highs—or waves—reach us, they vibrate the receptors in our ears, and we hear the vibrations as sound.

A microphone works by converting the pressure waves of sound into voltage on a wire. The changes in voltage match the pressure waves of the original sound: high pressure is represented by positive voltage, and low pressure is represented by negative voltage.

Voltages travel down the microphone wire and can be recorded onto tape as changes in magnetic strength or onto vinyl records as changes in amplitude in the groove.

A speaker works like a microphone in reverse, taking the voltage signals from a microphone or recording and vibrating to re-create the pressure wave.
Amplitude
reflects the change in pressure from the peak of the waveform to the trough.

Cycle describes the amount of time it takes a waveform to return to the same amplitude level.

Frequency describes the number of cycles per second, where one Hertz (Hz) equals one cycle per second. That is, a waveform at 1000 Hz goes through 1000 cycles every second.

Phase measures how far through a cycle a waveform is. There are 360 degrees in a single cycle; if you start measuring at the zero line, a cycle reaches 90 degrees at the peak, 180 degrees when it crosses the zero line, 270 degrees at the trough, and 360 degrees when it completes at zero.

Wavelength is the distance, measured in units such as inches or centimeters, between two points with the same degree of phase.*

 

When two or more sound waves meet, their amplitudes add to and subtract from each other.

If the peaks and troughs of the two waveforms line up, they are said to be in phase. In this case, each peak adds to the peak in the other waveform, and each trough subtracts from the other trough, resulting in a waveform that has higher amplitude than either individual waveform.

Compression

A compressor reduces the dynamic range of an input signal by attenuating the

signal once it has exceeded a predetermined level. The main reasons for using a

compressor in audio recording and broadcasting are:

To reduce (or compress) the dynamic range of INDIVIDUAL audio signals so that a consistent balance between signals is easier to achieve during a mix.

To ensure that the OVERALL audio signal (the mix) level variation is within reasonable boundaries so make the listening experience more comfortable e.g. over radio, television, in car etc.

To ensure that the audio signal does not exceed the maximum permissible level and cause distortion (known as limiting).

In mastering and broadcast, fairly extreme compression is sometimes used to make the average level of a mix very close to the peak level so that it is perceived as sounding loud

Sound file formats for saving Audition files

(.mp3 & .wav)

 

 

Windows PCM (.wav)

The Wave file is an exact replica of the data transferred into the computer. The Microsoft Windows PCM format supports both mono and stereo files. The WAV format reproduces digital audio by using PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)—PCM does not require compression and is considered a lossless format.

Mp3

When you save a file to mp3 format, the audio is and compressed according to the options you select. When you open an .mp3 file, the audio converts into the uncompressed internal format of Adobe Audition. You can save an .mp3 file in any format from Audition.

Avoid compressing the same audio to mp3 more than once. Opening an .mp3 file and exporting or mixing it down again causes it to be recompressed. The MP3 format eliminates parts of the audio that are very high or low (not typically heard by a listener) and repetitive “sound data”. Compress too much and the sound quality is reduced from the original recording.

Glossary of radio terms


A

ACTUALITY - The recording made of an event or speech. It can be used as background sound under a voiceover or as an insert into a WRAP.

AMPLITUDE – Amplitude is the height or vertical distance of a waveform. Generally, the more amplitude you see in your waveform, the louder your audio is.

 

Amplification – though this generally means to increase the amplitude of a waveform (and hence, the loudness of the sound), sometimes we will see amplification to mean reduce the loudness

ATMOS - The ambience of a place - used as background to a voice report or WRAP. It can be used to gloss over awkward edits later.

AUDIO - Recorded sound of any kind.

B

BACK-ANNOUNCE - The Presenter will often read a short piece after the play-out of a report - this is scripted by the reporter and will appear on the CUESHEET.

BACK-TIMING - Working out how long there is to the top of the hour or any other dead set time so that reports or music tracks can be played in to the precise timing required.

BED - Music or sound used as background. Normally only refers to sound used during a live transmission such as a weather or traffic report.

C


CART - A small plastic cartridge containing tape on a loop on which reports or BEDS are stored.

CLOCKSTART - A precise timing for an event or occasion - such as joining up with the rest of the network.

CUE (CUE SHEET) - The script for the Presenter to read in order to introduce an item. This is written by the Producer or Journalist. The DURATION and OUTCUE will be written at the bottom so that the Presenter will have a warning of the conclusion of the piece.

this also means to prepare a piece of audio to be ready as soon as the current one stops. and, it's also used to describe a separate monitor channel that does not go out live so you can listen to the next piece of audio to make sure it doesn't violate FCC regs

cue, in digital editing, means to position your cursor bar somewhere in your waveform, so you can listen from that spot.

F

FADER - The sliding button on a Mixing Console - used to increase volume or tone. You can use a FADER to gradual

 

FX - Abbreviation for ‘Effects’.

I

IRN - The most used news provider in commercial radio. Stands for Independent Radio News.

ISDN - An enhanced digital telephone line down which quality sound can be transmitted back to a studio.

 

L

LEVELS - The level at which a sound is coming through a mixing desk. Indicated by the ‘level’ on the display meters.

LINK - The connecting piece of speech between two items.

 

M


MAGAZINE - A spoken word program made up of a variety of items.

MULTIPLEX - A bundle of digital radio channels on a single frequency.

O


OB - An Outside Broadcast

OFCOM (Office of Communications) - The Government body now responsible for regulating Radio, Television and Telecommunications.

ONE-LEGGED - a recording that only comes out of one side of a stereo playout.

OUT-CUE - The last words or sounds from a recording.

P


POT POINT - A place in a recording where it can be stopped without losing sense. The Pot Points are marked by time and word on the CUESHEET and the Producer and can hit the transmission stop button at this point if he/she so desires.

POPPING - Distortion caused by having the microphone too close to the mouth. Is especially prevalent on the letter ‘p’.

PROMO - A promotional TRAILER for a forthcoming event, program or report.

PACKAGE - A multi-voiced report using interview, ambient sound, vox-pops, recorded speeches and/or music.

P.S.A. (Public Service Announcement) - An on-air advertisement given away free for a socially responsible or charitable cause.

R

RAJAR - The survey that gives listening figures for all radio.

ROT (Recording of Transmission) - All stations have to record their output 24 hours a day for legal purposes. The quality is not normally good enough for re-transmission.

RSL (Restricted Service Licence) - A short term radio licence, usually on FM, available for up to 28 days at a time on low power. Used for specific events, as trials for potential full time stations or for training purposes.

S

SEGUE - The playing of two tracks into each other without speech in between.

SKILLSET - Sector Skills Council for the Audio Visual Industry, with offices in London, the Nations and Regions.

 

T


TRAILER - A short ‘teaser’ for an upcoming event or program.

TX - Abbreviation for TRANSMISSION.

V


VOICE-OVER or V.O. - Talk over a piece of music or another recording.

VOX-POP - Comes from the Latin ‘vox populi’ - literally ‘the voice of the people’. Used by reporters to get an indication of public reaction to a piece of news. A number of people will be interviewed and their replies to the same question will be edited together.

W


WRAP - A short feature or news report where the reporter’s voice will appear before and after an interview clip.

 

Curriculum: Interviewing Techniques

Curriculum for the Interviewing class. Class Description:  Interviewing techniques – the art of the interview.  It’s more than just putting a microphone in front of someone!  Learn how to prepare for your interview, how to phrase your questions, and audio techniques for maximum effect. This training is aimed at news and public affairs volunteers. 

DO’S AND DON’TS OF INTERVIEWING


DO:
1) Your homework! Be Prepared.
2) Ask Direct Questions
3) Ask Simple Questions... the ones that start with: Who, Why, How, What, Where
4) Ask for details, examples, anecdotes
5) LISTEN!!! Carefully, and Quietly
6) Use Silence effectively
7) Keep your opinions to yourself
8) Ask questions that make people think instead of react
9) admit you don’t understand... say “Tell me more about that” or “I Don’t Understand”
10) Ask the questions listeners would ask
If this is not a live on-the-air interview, ask :
“Is there anything you’d like to add that I didn’t ask?” Or something like that
“Who else should I talk to?”


DON’T
1) Don’t make statements. Ask Questions.
2) Don’t ask long, rambling, overloaded questions.
3) Don’t ask Double Barreled (having more than one possible meaning; ambiguous words)
questions.
4) Don’t interrupt.
5) Don’t ask self-answering questions.
6) Don’t use jargon, and if the interviewee does, ask them to explain it.
7) Don’t be afraid of silence.
8) Don’t settle for unjustified accusations.
9) Don’t ask questions that start with: “was” “did” “would” or “had”.
10) Don’t listen out loud: “Ok...” “uh huh”. Nod and make eye contact to show you’re listening.

 

Setting Up The Interview


BACKGROUND
Reporters should keep up to date with the stories their station is covering. Before beginning
their shift, they should listen to a number of bulletins, including those on rival stations, so they
know what is happening that day and have an idea of the follow-ups they can expect to do.
They should also have read the local papers which have more space to give to background.
Reporters are often expected to be their own researchers constantly topping up their
reservoir of knowledge about local news, so when they walk through the door and the
producer says “don’t take your coat off...” they know what to expect, and what to do next.


THE PLAN:
Familiarizing yourself with the story is step one. Step Two is getting a clear idea of what to ask,
which depends on the type of interview involved and its duration.
One tip - if you are going out for a 30 second clip, there is no point coming back with 20 minutes
on tape. Five minutes beforehand spend thinking out the questions is worth half an hour’s
editing back at KBOO.


GETTING YOUR FACTS RIGHT
Before leaving the newsroom, make sure you have your facts right. There is nothing more
embarrassing or more likely to undermine the reporter’s reputation and that of KBOO than an
ignorant and ill-informed line of questioning:
Reporter: “Mr. Smith, as hospital administrator, just how seriously to you view this typhoid
epidemic?”
Mr. Smith: “Hmm. I’m actually the deputy administrator, and two isolated cases hardly constitute
an epidemic. Oh yes, the name is Smythe. Now what was the question?”
What’s the chance of a successful interview?
Set up a chain of thought by jotting down a few questions and arranging them in logical order.
Sometimes the mind becomes clearer when its contents are spilled on to paper. Even if you
never refer to your notes, this can be a worthwhile exercise.


FIT THE STORY
Be mindful that whatever you ask has to fit the angle and length required by the story, and the
result has to be relevant to your audience. Beware of leaping off at tangents that might interest
you or a like-minded minority, but would be irrelevant to the majority. Keep to the point


CHECK ARRANGEMENTS
If time is of the essence, no reporter can afford to waste it by heading the wrong way down a
motorway or arriving at the wrong address. Arriving late for an interview only raised every body's
blood pressure. Check the arrangements before leaving, and allow plenty of time to get there.
Get directions when you are setting up the interview.
Check your recorder before you leave. this is BASIC, yet often forgotten in the rush. Check it out
before you take it out! Don’t forget spare batteries.


PRE-CHAT
Almost as important as the interview itself is the Pre-Chat. This is when reporter and subject
establish a rapport, and the reporter sounds out the course they’ve charted before the interview.
Even if the deadline is 15 minutes away, your manner must be calm and relaxed, polite yet
assertive, but never aggressive. Approach is all important. If the interviewee is inexperienced
and nervous, they will need to be relaxed and put at ease. conversely, nothing is more
unsettling than a nervous reporter. Even if your adrenal gland is running riot, you must cover
your trepidation with a polished performance.
A pleasant greeting, a firm handshake, and a good deal of eye-contact is the best way to begin,
with a clear statement about who you are and which radio or TV station you represent. Eye
contact can work wonders for calming the other’s nerves.
Never rehearse an interview, just discuss it. Repeats of interviews lose their energy and sparkle.
Even nervous interviewees usually perform better when the adrenalin is flowing. Agree to a runthrough
only if you think there is no other way to calm your interviewee’s nerves, but make sure
your recorder is rolling. Then, if the “rehearsal” goes well, you can ask the first few questions
again when you sense they are into their stride and suggest dispensing with the retake. The
alternative is to warm them p with some minor questions before getting down to the nitty gritty.
Humor can effectively bring down the barriers, a joke at the reporter’s expense can often relax
and interviewee and lower their defenses, but obviously humor cannot be forced.


BODY LANGUAGE
Body language is also important. The way we sit, how we cross our legs and arms, reveals a lot
about how we feel. If your interviewee is sitting legs crossed and arms folded, then you know
they are on the defensive and needs to be relaxed.


THE QUESTIONS
there is more to the art of interviewing and developing the ability to engage complete strangers
in intelligent conversation. Good Questions produce Good Answers. the secret is to think
ahead to the answers you are likely to get before asking your questions.


USING NOTES
Most interviewers would agree that preparing questions is constructive in planning the
interviews, but sticking closely to a list of written questions can be unhelpful during the course of
the interview itself. the problems are:
1) Eye Contact is Lost
2) When the interviewer is concentrating on the questions, they are unable to listen to the
interviewee.
3) Fixed questions make for an inflexible interview.


ASKING QUESTIONS THAT WILL GET ANSWERS
The Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How framework for writing copy applies equally tot he
news interview and the type of questions the interviewer should ask.
No reporter wants to be left with a series of monosyllabic grunts on tape, so questions should
be carefully structured to produce good useful quotes rather than one work comments.
*The question WHO calls for a name in response
*WHAT asks for a description
*WHEN pins down the timing of an event
*WHERE locates it
*WHY asks for an interpretation or an explanation
*HOW asks for an opinion or an interpretation.
Questions beginning with these words will propel the interview forward and yield solid facts:
* “Who was hurt in the accident?”
*”What caused the accident?”
*”When did it happen?”
*”Where did the accident occur?”
*”Why did it take so long to free the trapped workers?”
*”How did you manage to get them out?”


YES/NO QUESTIONS
Inexperienced reporters often fall into the trap of asking questions that produce yes/no answers.
they may come away with some idea of the story, but will seldom have anything on tape worth
using.
Interviewer: “Critics would say the plan to put a factory on the green land site is ill-conceived.
Would you agree?”
Developer: “no.”
Interviewer: “Why not?”
Developer:”Well, how could you expect me to agree to that... I’m the one who’s building the darn
thing!”


AVOID QUESTIONS THAT CALL FOR MONOLOGUES
The opposite of the yes/no question, but which can have the same effect, is the questions which
is so wide its scope is almost unlimited:
Interviewer: “as a leading clean-up campaigner, what do you think is wrong with porn shops and
peep shows, anyway?”
Leave your tape recorder running and come back in an hour, when she has finished! Pin the
question to one clearly defined point:
“What’s the main reason you’re opposed to these porn shops? or “which peep shows in
particular do you want cleaned up?”
Question scope is important. Make it too narrow and your interview runs like a car which keeps
on stalling. Open it up too wide, and it can run away from you.


PROGRESS FROM POINT TO POINT
To maintain the logic of the interview each question should naturally succeed the previous one.
If the interviewer needs to refer back to a point, this should be cone neatly and followed through
by another questions that progresses the argument:
Interviewer: “going back to the oil spill, what can we do at a local level to support people doing
the work in the Gulf?”


AVOID DOUBLE QUESTIONS
The interviewer should ask one question at a time, otherwise a wily subject will be able to
choose which to answer, and which to ignore. Even the most willing of subjects may forget half
the question:
Bad question: “What form will your demonstration take, and do you think City Hall will take
notice?”
Better: “What kind of demonstration do you plan to put on?” following the answer with “What
effect do you think it will have on the views of the city council members?”


KEEP THE QUESTIONS RELEVANT
An interview is not a mental exercise. Like news, it deals with matters concerning real life. As
we said earlier, one of the problems with talking to experts in any field, is they are liable to
speak in abstractions or jargon. The point of relevance to the audience is whether the point
needs to be included for the story to make sense.
As with news writing, examples should be concrete and real. If you begin by asking how high
inflation will rise, be sure to follow it up with a question about whether wages and salaries are
likely to keep pace or what it will do to the price of bread.
If it is a question about inner city poverty, do not just talk about living standards, ask about the
food the people eat or get a description of their homes.
Get away from the abstract and relate ideas to everyday realities.


AVOID LEADING QUESTIONS
A leading question is one designed to lead interviewees into a corner and trap them there. More
often it has the effect of boxing-in the reporter with allegations of malice, bias, and unfair play.
Take the example of an interview with an elderly farmer who was seriously brunt, trying to save
his photograph album from his blazing house.:
Interviewer: “Why did you attempt such a foolhardy and dangerous stunt over a wordless
photograph album? Surely that’s taking sentimentality too far?”
The question, like most leading questions, was based on assumptions:
* Saving the album was stupid.
*It was dangerous.
*The farmer’s motive was sentimental.
*And that a sentimental reason was not a valid one.
But, assumptions can prove to be false:
Farmer: “My wife died three years ago. I kept all my most precious things together. the deeds to
my house and all my land were inside that album with the only pictures I had of my wife. It was
kept in the living room, which was away from the flames. I thought I had time to pull it out, but in
my hurry I fell over and blacked out. Now I’ve lost everything.”
The scorn of the audience would quickly shift from the farmer to the callous interviewer. If
somebody is stupid or wrong or to blame, draw out the evidence through polite and sensitive
interviewing and leave the audience to pas judgement.
Bad Question: “You knew the car’s brakes were faulty when you rented it to Mr. Brown, didn’t
you? The car crashed, he’s in the hospital, and it’s your fault. How do you feel about that?”
Better:
1) “When did you find out the car’s brakes were faulty?”
2) “But later that morning, before the brakes could be repaired, didn’t you rent it out to another
customer?”
3) “Weren’t you worried there could be an accident?”
4) “How do you feel now your car is written off and your customer, Mr. Brown, is in the
hospital?”
Expose the fallacy of an argument, not by putting words into a person’s mouth, but by letting the
evidence and their own words condemn them. Leading questions are frowned on by the courts.
the same should go for interviews.


AVOID SOUNDING IGNORANT
Always check your facts before you launch into an interview. Clear up details like the following
during the pre-chat:
Interviewer: “Mr Schaeffer, why have you decided to fire half your workforce?”
Mr Schaeffer: “They have not been fired.”
Interviewer: “You deny it?”
Mr Schaeffer: “What has happened is that their contracts have expired and have not been
renewed. And it’s not half the workforce, its 125 staff our of a total of 400.”
Interviewer: (sheepishly) “Oh.”
If you don’t have the full picture, get filled in before the interview begins, but remember, as soon
as you rely on your interviewees for background, you are putting them in a position where they
can manipulate the interview to their advantage.


WINDING UP THE INTERVIEW
The words “and finally” are best avoided during an interview, as a point may arise which meg
beg a further question or clarification, and saying “and finally” twice always sounds a bit foolish.
Other phrases such as “briefly...” or “one last point” may also serve as wind up signals
if necessary. Save your gestures and hand signals for experienced studio staff.


FINISH STRONGLY
An interview should go out with a bang and never a whimper. It should end in a way that gives
the whole performance a bold and emphatic full stop.
If during a live interview a guest insists on going on over time, then do not be afraid to butt
in with a polite “Well, I’m afraid we must stop there,” or “That’s all we’ve got time for, thank
you very much.” If they refuse to take the hint, it is the job of the producer to switch off the
microphone and usher the guest out.


ACTIVITY
Interview Simulation: TAKING CONTROL
This is a power game requiring 2 players. One plays the reporter, and the other is the
interviewee. the story is about a landlord who has bought houses that are due for demolition
and is renting them to tenants who he is keeping in squalor for profit.
The story concerns 8 houses on Bridge Street split into single and double rooms, some are in
need of repair and all are badly inadequate.
The landlord, Albert Smith, is leasing the houses cheaply from the local housing authority,
and is charging high rents. The tenants are mainly poor immigrants. A shortage of rented
accommodations means they have to stay there or become homeless. they have complained
about the squalid conditions which they say are to blame for the constant ill-health of some of
their children.
The reporter’s assignment is to interview the landlord to to expose what is happening and, in
a manner that is both fair and reasonable, call him to account. The landlord’s aim is to defend
his reputation and show himself up in the best possible light. If the local authority accepts
the case against him, he could lose his houses. The central plank of his defense is that the
immigrants would be homeless without him. He knows that if the local authority ruled his houses
uninhabitable, they would then have the responsibility of housing the immigrants.
The reporter has once constraint upon him - if the landlord disputes any facts that are not
included in this assignment, the reporter must not be dogmatic about the,’
Both parties should finish reading the brief and then re-read it. The reporter should then spend
up to 5 minutes thinking up questions, in which time the interviewee should anticipate the
questions that could be asked and prepare a defense.
The exercise is one of control. both parties want the interview to go ahead, though both are
hoping for a different outcome. Each should try to take charge and to bend the interview to
his own purposes - one to expose the facts, the other to gloss over them and turn them to his
advantage by making them seem more acceptable. Record the interview. Conduct it in front of a
small audience of classmates who can later offer constructive criticism. You have 15 minutes to
conduct the pre-chat and the interview.
Afterwards discuss the interview. who came out on top and why? How did the reporter attempt
to expose the facts and how did the landlord try to cover them up? How did each side feel about
he attempts to manipulate him during the interview? Were the right questions asked? How did
you resolve the differences in opinion about the facts of the story? What did the audience think?

Curriculum: Introduction to Studio and Audio Production

Curriculum for the first class you should take at KBOO. Class Description:  Learn your way around the KBOO studios, how a mixing board works, the ins and outs of our equipment, and the checkout procedure.  This is the very first production training you should take, it is required for all further production training.

Current Curriculum for Introduction to Audio and Production, last edited Dec 2010  

The Production Rooms

KBOO has four main audio production studios:

o       Production 1 (P1)

o       Production 2 (P2)

o       Studio 2

o       DES (Digital Editing Suite)

Production Room Use

o       Production rooms are used to edit recorded audio, conduct phone and live interviews, record voiced pieces, produce the community calendar, record underwriting, and to produce promos and pilots.

o       Production rooms must be reserved in advance.

o       Leave the room clean.

o       Turn all components down and/or off before leaving the room.

o       No food or drink in the room. (leave it outside on a shelf)

o       Do not remove cables, headphones or equipment from the room.

o       Refile any CDs you use in the Music Library before leaving.

o       Never take backpacks, purses or bags into the CD library.

  • Never leave the building with KBOO CDs.

If one runs into equipment that is not working please note it in the problem log.  The problem log is located next to the Engineer's Door, across from Studio 2.  This is very important, as this is how the engineer knows there is a problem to be addressed, so the equipment can be fixed.

 It is important to return the room to a neutral position when you are finished with your work session. Neutral position means:all mics are off, phone patch off, pots down, individual equipment (CD players, for example) off. Please also take your papers and make sure to check that you didn’t leave a thumb drive or other important items!

SOME TERMS

Announce (Announcing): To say something on air.

Back Announce: To say (on air) what was played previously on the radio show.

Broadcasting (to broadcast): To actually be played on air.

Cue (to cue): Getting a piece of audio ready to be broadcast.

Dead Air: When nothing is being played, or when there is a malfunction and what is being played is not being broadcast.

DJ (host): The person who is running the show. This may not always be the same person as the engineer. The DJ or the Host is the person who talks on air.

Engineer: The person who runs the board and makes sure that the audio gets played, and that there’s no dead air.

General Volume Setting: Volume 10 for the POT, marked with a thick double line. This volume level is generally good for any audio.

Instant Replay Machine (IR): A typewriter like machine that stores promos. It is used to play short promos or introductions to shows on the air.

Interview: When one person questions another person about a subject (can be done on air or prerecorded).

 

Mono: When the left and right speakers are playing the exact same stream of audio.

ON/OFF button: A button that when pressed down turns on the audio, and when up turns off the audio.

Panel: When one or more persons interview more then one person about a subject.

Program button: A button that switches the audio input on the selected POT from one audio source to another (for example, from the turntable to the computer).

Promo: A short advertisement for something (often a show that will be airing or a meeting relating to the station).

Potentiometer (POT): A slider that controls the output volume of audio.

Reporter: A person who gathers information/audio for the station. A field reporter is a reporter who leaves the stations and gathers information/audio at events.

Run Sheet: A paper that lists what you are going to play in what order. This is very useful sheet to have when back announcing or trying to engineer.

Station ID: Announcing what station the audience is listening to, including the call letters and the station frequency (for KBOO it would be “you’re listening to KBOO, 90.7 fm).

Stereo: When the left and right speakers are playing different streams of audio.

TELOS box: A rectangular black box that controls the phone calls to be put on air. The TELOS box is used when phone calls are being put on the air.

Vox Pop: Means “Voice of the people”. This is when a reporter asks many people the same questions (this is useful for things like rallies where you want to get many peoples ideas and experiences in not a lot of time).

 THE BOARD

The board controls all the other machines in the room. It functions using Potentiometers (sliders that control the volume of things), on/off buttons, and program switching buttons. Although there are several Potentiometers (POTS) on the board, they all work the same.

Input: Controls what audio source is being streamed through the POT.

 

Program Assign (1 and 2): Controls which volume meter the audio is seen in.

 

Off-Line Mix: Rarely used in our setup – allows the host to choose what their guest or caller hears. 

 

Pan L and R: This controls the balance between the left and right channels. Sometimes these are buttons instead of a dial.

 

 

 
 


Volume Controller: This is the slider you use to make the audio louder or quieter. The “general volume” level is when the white line on the slider matches up with the long black line next to the number “10”. The volume is turned off when the white line on the slider is on the infinity sign.

 

 

ON Button: When this button is pressed in, that POT is on. When it is not pressed in (as pictured) the POT is off.

 

Input Label Button: When pressed in the bottom thing (ex. “PATCH 1”) is streamed through the POT, when the button is out (as pictured) the top thing (ex. “MIC 1”) is being streamed through the POT.

 

The CD Players

The CD players are used often. They are for any prerecorded audio that is on a CD. The air room has three CD players, and other production rooms have two, usually.

 It is important to make sure you are cueing up the same CD player that your CD is in. When using the CD player there are many options available to you as far as what track on the CD you wish to play, where on the track you wish to start from, and whether or not you want to play only one track or many tracks from the same CD in a row.

To cue a CD, first you must select which CD player you are using. The CD players in the air room are numbered top to bottom, the top CD player being 1, the middle CD player being 2, and the bottom CD player being 3. As an example, lets say that you will be using CD 2. First you must select a CD to play, say you are using an audio CD with 12 tracks. You wish to play track three. Open CD player 2 (using the eject button located near the lower left hand side of the CD player) and insert your CD, then close the CD player. Press the forward arrow button (the double arrows pointing to the right) until the screen displays “Track 3”. Press the “SING/CONT” button until the screen says “SINGLE”, this means that the CD player will only play track 3. Now your CD is cued and ready to broadcast.

To broadcast your CD you need to slide the “CD 2” volume on the board to the general setting (marked with a black line) and press the “CD 2” button located under the slider. The button should light up and track 3 on your CD will be playing.

MICROPHONES

There are a variety of microphones in the air room. The most commonly used microphone is the DJ microphone, which is located next to the control board. This microphone is used mostly when the same person that is engineering is Djing a show, and needs to announce something (such as station ID, the next song, etc.). The other microphones in the air room are commonly used when guests are in the air room, when there are multiple dj’s for a show, or when someone is conducting an interview in the air room.

Preparation to use a microphone is very simple. All you have to do is decide what microphone would be best for your situation (either the DJ microphone, or microphone 1, 2, or 3) then cue that microphone. To cue the microphone simply slide the POT to the general volume setting, then press the “ON” button when you’re ready to use the microphone.

TAPE PLAYER

The tape player in the air room is not often used, though it’s good to know how to use it in case you ever need to. The tape player is usually used when a guest artist comes in and only has their music recorded onto a tape, or to play archived material. The important thing to remember when using the tape player is that unlike a CD, you cannot instantly switch to the track you want. If you are using a tape, make sure you have it cued to the beginning of the track you want BEFORE you air the tape.

It is easiest to cue the tape before you get into the air room, but if you for some reason must after you are in the air room, these are the steps you need to follow: first, put your tape in the tape player, with the side that you want to be playing facing toward you. Next, press play on the tape player and press the “cue” button down on the board. Adjust the volume level using the corresponding POT and rewind or fast forward (these buttons found on the tape player itself) until you find the spot you want.

After your tape is cued, you need to prepare to air it. This step is relatively simple, and is rather like preparing a CD. First, make sure that your tape is cued to the right place, and that the tape is on the side that you want (for example, you want the second song on side A, so the tape is cued to that spot and side A is facing outward). After the tape is properly cued, select the appropriate POT on the board and turn the POT up to the general volume setting. When you are ready to air the tape, press the “ON” button and adjust volume to the proper setting.

Remember that when you are playing a tape, the tape will not stop after the track. Make sure that you turn the POT off after the song is over so that the following tracks do not get aired.

The Instant Replay Machine:

The instant Replay machine (IR) is used primarily for pre-recorded announcements. These announcements may be about upcoming programs or special events taking place at the radio station or in the community. These announcements are called promos. Promos are often played in between shows, and can be used to easily transition from one DJ to the next.

To cue a promo that is saved onto the IR, you must first press the “FIND” button located on the IR, then type in the number of the promo that will be played (for example, to play the community calendar you would look to see what number it was saved under, then enter that in. The number could be 216). After the number has been properly typed into the IR, press the “ENTER” button. Now the promo is cued on the IR and ready to be broadcast.

To broadcast the IR promo, slide the POT for the IR up to the general volume setting. When you are ready to broadcast the audio on the IR, press the “ON” button on the board that goes to the IR POT. The button should light up, and the IR promo will be playing.

To play multiple IR promos in a row, cue and play the first IR promo. While it is being broadcast, press the “FIND” button and enter in the number for the next promo. When the first promo is done playing quickly press the “ENTER” button on the IR machine and then press the “PLAY” button on the IR. The second promo should begin playing.

TURNTABLES

The turntables are used when you want to play something that is on a 33 1/3 or a 45. Often you will have music that is only available to you on vinyl. In such cases it’s good to know how to properly cue and play a record.

To cue a record, you must begin by putting the record on either turntable 1 or turntable 2; make sure the record is on the side that you want. Turn on the volume on the POT for the turntable you have selected, than press the “cue” button so that you can hear the record without it being played on air. Next, place the needle as near to the start of the track that you want by using the lever on the turntable to lift the arm and needle of the record player. Once the needle is where you want it, lower the lever and press “Start/Stop” button on the turntable that makes the turntable spin. This will make the record start playing. When you find the beginning of the track that you want, press the “Start/Stop” button again so that the turntable stops spinning. While the needle is still on the record, turn the entire record (using your hand) about two spins backwards. This will cue the record in the perfect place for when you go to play it.

To play the record get it cued, then turn the POT for the turntable (marked TTbl) to the general volume setting. When you are ready to air the record, press the “ON” button on the turntable POT. Remember that when the song is over, you need to turn the POT off so that the record does not keep playing.

COMPUTER

The computer is rarely used on the air (although for pre-recorded spots it is indispensable), but really handy when you need it. You can use the computer when you are looking for a song or other audio that you can only find online, or when you need to play something you have saved on the computer.

If you’re going to play something off of the computer you must first of all find the audio that you want to play. I can’t really instruct you on how to do this because there are so many ways, but for the sake of this manual I’ll use for an example that you find

a song on MySpace.

First you need to play your audio on the computer (in this case, you would click on the link, then when the player for the song came up you would press the pause button and make sure the song is at the beginning). Once you have the audio all you have to do is slide the POT for the computer (marked “CMPTR”) up to the general volume level. When you’re ready to play the piece, press the “ON” button on the board, then click the play button on the computers player. You want to press the play button on the computer quickly because otherwise you’ll have a lot of dead air. At the end of the audio you want to turn down the POT for the computer and turn off whatever audio was playing on the computer.

THE TELEPHONE

The telephone is used to put people on the air who have either called in to a program or been called from the station to be interviewed on the show. Regardless of the situation, putting a phone call on the air can be difficult, but definitely worth it. Make sure that you always tell the person on the phone that they will be put on the air, and remind them of FCC regulations regarding language and slander (if applicable). Also, remind your caller to turn down their radio while they are on the air.

To begin with, you need someone on the phone. If someone called in, then simply answer the phone, keep them on the line, and explain to them that they will be put on hold. If you have to call someone, it can be more difficult. To call someone first press in the appropriate line button on the telephone (try to avoid line 1, instead use line 2 or 3) then place your call. If you are calling long distance, enter a 1, the area code, the phone number and wait for a solid tone. When you hear the solid tone press the code “1321” on the phone and your call will go through.

Now that a caller is on the line, put them on hold. You do this by pressing the “HOLD” button on the telephone and hanging up the phone. The line the caller is on should have a blinking light (for example, line 3 would be blinking). The second step for a caller involves using the “Telos” box. Find the Telos box and press the button for the line your caller is on. For example, if your caller was on line 3, the button marked “3” on the Telos box would be blinking. Press the “3” button once so it becomes a solid light. There are two rows of digits on the Telos box, the top is marked “tel 1” and the bottom is marked “tel 2”. Make sure that you press the button in the top row (so the call is on “tel 1”). Next, turn the POT for “tel 1” on by pressing the “ON” button. Make sure that you keep the volume down until you have announced your guest. Keeping the volume down insures that only what you want on the air will be on the air.

When you are done with your caller remember to thank them and press the “ON” button on the board for the telephone so the caller is no longer on air. Then you need to drop the call, simply press the “ON” button on the TELOS box so that it is blinking, then press the “drop” button for the line your caller is on. The lights should stop flashing and the call is dropped.

Much of this guide was created by KBOO Youth Collective volunteer BreAna Loranger!

KBOO front desk: 503-231-8032

KBOO Air Room: 503-231-8187

Curriculum: Live Band Mixology

This is our curriculum for Live Band Mixing, but without the photos... Thanks to BreAna and Devin for compiling.

LIVE BAND MIXOLOGY

Table Of Contents:
Page Number    Section    Topic
1    COVER    COVER
2    TABLE OF CONTENTS    Table of Contents
3    Introduction    About the Manual
4-5    Section 1    Basic Music Theory
6-14    Section 2    Setting up the Band- Preparation
15-16    Section 3    Being On Air
17-18    Section 4    After the Band Plays
19-24    Section 5    Glossary of Terms

Introduction

This is a rough guide to live band mixology at KBOO Community Radio. The goal of this manual is to walk you through the basics of setting up and mixing a live band on the air. Use this guide as a reference when mixing live bands, and make your own comments/additions to it as needed. If you have questions, concerns, or comments we would love to hear them!
BreAna Loranger (bmmloranger@gmail.com)
Section One
Basic Theory Behind Live Music Mixing
This section is designed to provide you with some basic theory behind how sound works before you delve into amplifying and mixing sounds.

Sound Theory:
To properly set up for bands and insure that the sound quality will be excellent, it is important to understand the basics of sound and how it works. Sound travels as a sound wave. A sound wave travels in a straight line, but also branches out into different directions. Sound is loudest closest to the straight line of sound, and gets weaker the farther away from the source of sound you are, as well as the farther from the straight line of sound you are. All sounds have different frequencies. Frequencies are why some sounds are higher or lower pitched. Higher frequencies are shorter (traveling less distance) and lower frequencies are longer (traveling farther distances).


Basic Rock Band Set Up:
A basic rock band set up typically consists of: 2 guitars (lead and rhythm), 1 bass guitar, 1 drum set, 2 vocals (lead and back up). For a basic rock band set up you will need: 3 Shure 57 microphones (for the 2 guitars and 1 bass guitar), 2 Shure 58 microphones (for the vocals), the Silver Audix Drum Mic Box, and the 2 Joesphson microphones as the drum set overheads. You will also need the monitors for the vocalists. Make sure that you gather the microphones, microphone stands, the Red Mic Cable reel so you will have all of your equipment ready when you start to set up.
All the Mics and Di Boxes you need live in the Orange Locker in Production One. The Cable Reel lives to the Left of the cabinet.


Section Two
Getting Ready to Set Up the Band
This section gives you
 step-by-step directions on preparing for your live band.

Though there is a lot of work you can do day of to make your live band mixing go smoother, it is necessary to also do a few things in advance. Before the day of your show, make sure that you:
1. Reserve the rooms you will be using (Production 1 and Studio 1) for the time of your show, as well as enough time before and after your show for you to appropriately set up and tear down the spaces.
2. Aquire keys. You will need keys to dead storage and to the equipment locker located in Production 1.
3. Have Contact Information: Make sure you have contact information for the band that is playing, and for any other board operators or mixologists on the same show as you. You will want this handy in case someone doesn't show up.
There are also several things you need to do before the band shows up on the day of the show. These things are explained in detail below, but the basic idea is to have both the rooms ready and organized correctly for the band BEFORE they arrive. This will help to make their setting up process smoother, and your microphone placement easier.

Before The Band:
Before the band starts to set up its important that the room is ready for them. Studio 1 needs to have enough space for all of the band mates and their equipment. Push the table against a wall, move all the chairs against walls or into a hallway, and move general clutter against walls so you have as much space as possible.
Get the Monitors out of Dead Storage. Dead Storage is located through the music library, and through the archive room. They are kept on the Left hand side. How to set up the monitors will be explained later in the “communication” section.
Before you Set Up the Board:
Check the patch bay to make sure all the cables are in their proper places: all the cables with yellow cords should be In STUDIO 1 #1-16.
 
Go to the Live Music Mixing Board and check BACK to make sure there are no inserts plugged in. Inserts have BLUE Cables, so all BLUE Cables should be Unplugged, and all Yellow Cables are in appropriate place.  Inserts refer to the compressors in the rack that you can “Insert” into the signal path of an instruments channel.
First, turn on the Live Music Board, using Switch on the WALL (Mounted on the Effects Bay), and then turn on Monitor Power, which is the light switch on the wall behind the live music mixer board. Lastly, take off the glass cover.
When The Band Arrives:
Fill out a BAND SHEET, have the band fill out a permission slip (one permission slip signed by all band members is fine), and talk to the band and the board operator (or programmer) for the program about how long the band will play for and an approximate time they will start/stop. This will help you know how quickly you need to set up, and will help stop confusion between the band, the mixologist, and the board operator (programmer).
Let the band set up- suggest that they set up the way they “set up to practice”. When they are done setting up start setting up the microphones by plugging the cables into the microphones and the patch bay in Studio 1, and setting up the microphones on their microphone stands near the equipment they will be amplifying. When you have all the microphones on their stands and plugged into the patch bay, set up the microphones so they are appropriately amplifying the instruments they are intended for (refer to the “amplifying appendix” for appropriate microphone placement).
When plugging mics in you want to do it in some logical order.



Here’s a typical input list to use that is considered a Standard Order for Rock Type Bands:
(mic 1)Kick
(mic 2)Snare
(mic 3)Rack
(mic 3)Rack 2 (if there is one)
(mic 4)Floor Tom
(mic 5)Overhead  (Ride Cymbal Side)
(mic 6)Overhead (Hi-hat Side)
(mic 7)Bass DI or Bass Mic
(mic 8)Guitar
(mic 9)Guitar
(mic 10)Other instruments (such as Keyboards, acoustic guitars, cellos, and/or glockenspiels….)
(mic 11)Vocal
(mic 12)Vocal
With Guitar and Vocals you may want to plug them in an order you can “see”. That is, as you are looking at them from the mixer. The one on the Left is first, and so on. Same with any “Other Instruments”.
You will also set up the Monitors. Plug in Power Chord and Red Patch Chord in to OUTPUT on the Monitor. Plug in the other end of the Red Patch Chord to EQ1 OUT on the Patch Bay. Turn ON The Monitor. Make sure the Monitor Select on the Patch Bay is to Air Room (we will set the appropriate volume in the monitors later.)

Setting Up the Board:
Before you set up microphones to the board, you need to check that the board is set correctly:
·    POTS: gain is down on each pot, and each pot is muted (Purple button pushed in)
·    The dials above the pots (the PAN dial), directly above the mute button, should all be at 12 o’clock
·    Blue Section: All knobs should be turned to Zero (AUXILARY SEND SECTION) 
·    All the Pre-buttons (grey in this section) For Aux 1 and 2 should be in, for Aux 3-4 should be out
·    Black and Gray section should all be turned to Zero, at 12 o’clock. The Gray EQ Buttons should be pressed IN, the purple Direct Pre buttons should be Out.
 
MIDDLE SECTION (where you control the monitor and mix volume) – where the mixing occurs, you want to have Monitor Volume at about 5, which is 12 o’clock, and make sure the MIX Button is selected (Pressed down) Directly above the Monitor Volume toggle. IF you are using Condensor Mics, such as the Josephsons (overheads), they require Phantom Power. The Phantom Power button is the purple button at the top next to the headphone jack.
Check that the Aux 1 through 6 dials are all turned all the way up (As far to the left as possible.)
Check the Mics:
CHECK THAT THE MICS ARE WORKING
Start with MIC ONE. Unmute the mic, make sure that the Pot is in PFL (located at the bottom of each pot) and MIX (the Second Gray button on each pot.) Then pot up the mix volume (Yellow Pot).
Now we turn the gain ALL THE WAY UP to check for mic noises. If you hear sound, you know it’s working. Now we’re ready to Set the Gain.
Set the GAIN For Each Pot:
We will need to set each gain individually, for each mic that you plan on using.
Ask the musician to play, by pressing the 1-2 Button by the Talkback Pot… As they are playing, adjust the Red Gain Dial so that the Yellow Fader Volume peaks at zero. Zero is the start of the yellow dots, and we don’t want it to go above zero.
Once Red Gain Dial is set, DO NOT TOUCH IT. You will set the Volume using the Fader on each pot. We will get to that later.
·    To set Red Gain Dials for Each Additional Pot, Take the Already Set Pot out of PFL, and Mute it. Then follow all the same procedures for each additional Pot you are using. 
Setting the Volume:
Now, you have to set the VOLUME, (Mic Check). To set the Volume Faders, you Unmute ALL The MICS, make sure they’re all in MIX (should be pressed in) and make sure all the Faders are down. Then ask the band to Play a song together.
While the band is playing, you slide the Faders up, until the mix sounds appropriate. 
This is subjective, depending on the kind of band you are mixing, but generally, slide the Fader to Zero, and go up or down depending on how it Should Sound for the kind of music it is.
For Rock Bands, you get the drums set first, then bass, guitar, and vocals in that order.
 After you have set the volume for the vocals, turn Mix One Dial up on Vocal Mic Pots until the vocalists are satisfied with the level in the monitors that are in Studio One.


Communication-
Communication is key to pulling off great sounding radio. Live band mixing is a difficult task when it comes to fantastic communication because there are so many people to constantly communicate with. It is crucial that you have open communication between-
1. The band and the music mixer.
2. The music mixer and the board operator/host.
3. the board operator/host and the band.
4. Making sure the band can hear themselves!
To do this you will need to utilize some tools available to you in the different rooms of the station.
 First-
The band and the Music Mixer-
You will need to talk to the band face to face before hand to let them know what you expect of them, and how you will communicate with them. Walking into the back room and letting them know what you need of them during the set up process works best. Let them know if you will be using any hand signals to speak to them from room to room and make sure they understand what each signal means.
Then-
The Music Mixer and the board op-
Again you will need to talk face to face with the board op. having a set list and a timeline helps to keep both parties informed. Let the board op know if you are having trouble with any aspect of getting the band on air, and let the board op know when you have the band ready to go on. Once you have the band ready to go on, POT them up on the board and turn it on so that the board op can talk with the band from the air room.




And then-
The board op and the band-
Utilize the "Talk Back" in the air room for updating the band on things. To do this, put the talk back into Program 2 (by pressing down the "program 2" button located above the talk back button on the board) and put the anchor mic into program 1 and 2 (by pressing down the "program 2" button located about the volume control on the anchor mic POT.) Make sure NOTHING ELSE is in Program 2. Also, make sure the "Monitor Control" volume is turned to twelve o'clock (this dial is located underneath the Talk Back button on the board.) Then, in the back room change the monitor output to "monitor control/air room" and turn the volume almost all the way up. To talk to the band OFF AIR (for example, when letting them know they will go on in 5 minutes) simply press down the "talk back" button. If you are trying to have a conversation with the band OFF AIR (asking them a question about their band name, upcoming show, etc.) put the production 1 pot in CUE (press down the cue button.) NOTE- if the mixologist forgot to pot up and turn on the band on the board, then you will not be able to hear the band when you put the production 1 pot in cue.
To talk to the band ON AIR (if interviewing them for example) simply pot up and turn on the production 1 pot as well as the anchor mic pot and speak into the anchor mic as you normally would. MAKE SURE YOU HAVE YOUR HEADPHONES ON!
Lastly-
Making sure the band can hear themselves-
You will need to set up monitors in the back room so that the band can hear themselves playing. This is especially important for the vocalists. You will need to retrieve the monitors from dead storage, set them up in the back room, then set the volume for them on the mixing board in production 1.
To set up the monitors:
You will need to attach the power cord to the monitor, plug it into a power source, and press the on button. You will also need to patch the monitor into the patch bay in the back room by plugging the red cord into the output on the monitor and then into the "EQ 1 OUT" spot on the patch bay. This red cord is stored with the monitors in dead storage.



To Set the Volume:
You do not want to set the volume on the monitors until you have the gain and volume set on all of your instruments. To set the volume on the monitors turn up the "mix one" volume on the mixing board until the vocalist(s) is/are satisfied with the volume level.
A Note on Phantom Power:
Condenser microphones require additional power sources to function properly. When using condenser microphones for live bands, it is important that you remember to press down the "phantom power" button on the band mixing board (located at the top of the center section next to the head phones jack.) If you do not press down this button and activate the phantom power then your condenser microphones will not amplify sound.
Getting Ready to Be on Air:
Once your mix is set, (Once you have the fader volume set for all the instruments and vocalist) you are ready to Go On The Air! Woo hoo!
Before you patch the band through to the air room you want to make sure the Production 1 board is set up correctly. Go to the room mixing board, and on POT 28, the Farthest Pot to the Right, which is labeled LIVE, and pot it up to -25. Make sure this POT is in Program 1 assign (do this by pressing down the “program 1” button at the top of the pot.) Slide the volume of POT 22 also up to –25, but make sure that this POT is in Program Assign 2 (you can do this by pressing in “program assign 2” button located at the top of the POT.) You also want to insure that POT 22 is on Input B (do this by pressing down the input button located at the very top of the POT) so that you can hear the announcer in the air room. Turn on POT 22 to hear the air signal. Turn on POT 28 when you are ready to put the band on air. While the band is playing a song make sure the VU Meters are peaking around Zero VU an not Pegged into the Red.





Section Three
Being On the Air
This section describes your expectations while the band is live on air. Although the band is already set up and ready to play, you may be needed for secondary responsibilities.








During the band you have two primary jobs: to ensure the output volume level is good, and to keep communication lines between yourself, the band and the board operator (programmer) open. To do this, refer to volume setting in the previous section. Make sure BEFORE you go on air that you (the Music Mixer), the band, and the Board Op/Host all have an outline for the sets (how many, how long, etc.) You may also be asked to document the event by taking photos of the band while they perform.










Section Four
After the Band Plays
This section provides a list of things that must be accomplished before you leave the station.












After The Band:
When the band is finished you need to put everything away as well as communicate with the band. After the last set is finished, thank the band for playing and give them at least 1 CD copy of their performance on the show. Make sure that you have contact information for the band so that you can get a hold of them in the future if needed. 
Now you need to tear down Production 1. Begin by setting the board back the way you found it (as explained in the “setting up the board” section.) Once the board is back to its original state, turn off the monitors first, then turn off the board itself. Place the glass cover back on the board. Make sure that everything on the room board is also turned down, including POT 28.
Next, unplug all of the microphones in Studio 1, and put them back in the cabinet carefully. Next, put all the microphone cords back on the Red Cable Reel and place the Red Cable Reel back in Production 1. Then, break down all the microphone stands (make sure the clips for the microphones are off of the stands and back in their appropriate boxes) and put them in the bottom part of the microphone cabinet so they are neatly organized. Unplug the monitors and put back in dead storage. Do a final sweep of Production 1, making sure that all of the equipment you took out has been put away, and the Orange Locker is locked. THEN put the studio room back together so its ready to be used as a meeting space. Move the table back to the center of the room and place chairs around it.

Once everything is cleaned up check in with the Host to see if there is anything they need you to do before you leave.
Section Five
Appendix of Microphones and Glossary of Terms
This section provides a description of the microphones available for use at KBOO as well as definitions to terms used throughout this manual.

GLOSSARY:

Back up vocals: There to help out lead vocals, some times they are in direct competition with lead vocals.
Basic rock band: A band consisting of at least a vocalist, guitarist, Bassist, and drummer.
Effects Bay: The sci-fi looking black steal box located on the south wall of Production 1.
Fader: Another form of a pot, only stretched out in a rectangular form.
Frequency: A measurement of rate, in the world of sound it refers to the speed that a pressure wave was formed.
Gain: The measurement of power, or amplitude.
Live Music Mixing Board: The mixing board located in Production 1 on east the wall.
Lead vocal: In a band they are the star of the show.
Mixing board: An electronic device for combining (also called "mixing"), routing, and changing the level, and or dynamics of audio signals.
Monitor: In the world of sound it refers to a speaker to hear one’s self, or work.
Microphone: A device that turns sound waves into electricity.
Music Mixer:  An operator of the Live Music Mixing equipment, trained in the reproduction of sound in an electronic form.
Patch bay: Any where that cables are used to connect one device to another.
PFL: Solos the selected channel and does not effect the main output.
Phantom Power: Power for microphones that need it to operate, typically for condenser mics.
Pitch: A particular note.
Pot: Short for potentiometer, it is a volume control device, usually in knob/dial form.
Room mixing board: The mixing board located in Production 1 on the north wall
Sound: A vibration detected by the ear.

MICROPHONES:
 
Shure 57 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Great for close micing anything that makes noise, a staple in the professional audio world. Be aware that this mic works best when placed as close as possible to the source.
 
Shure 58 – Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Vary similar to Shure 57, but optimized for vocals.
 
Electrovoice (EV) RE 27 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Virtually indestructible, and vary sensitive for dynamic mic. Will deliver the best results in the low to mid range.
 
Audix D6 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Especially designed to be used with a bass drum. Works only in the low frequency range.
 
Audix D4 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Made for use in the low to mid range.
 
Audix D2 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Designed to be used with tom drums. Good mid range response.
 
Audix D1 - Type – dynamic. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Designed for use with a snare drum. Good in the Upper-mid to lower-high range frequencies.
 
Josephon C-603 *matched pair* - Type – condenser. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Exceptionally good low-mid to high range frequency response. These mic’s were made to be used together to emulate a stereo field. Usually for drum over heads but accordion players like them too. These mics are vary fragile, so make sure they are out of reach of drum sticks, and wild accordion player antics.
 
Neumann U87i - Type – condenser. Pickup pattern – cardioid, omnidirectional, figure 8. These mics are incredibly sensitive to the point where they are not useful in most rock band settings. They make great room mics, are good with light vocals, and can be useful for acoustic jams. Be aware that there are many switch’s on the mic its self. Right below the grill on the mic you’ll find a window with ether an o, 8, or a ♥ like symbol. The symbols correspond to various pick up patterns, o is omnidirectional, the 8 is figure 8, and the ♥ like symbol is a cardioid pattern. The two switch’s on the bottom are frequency roll off switches.

AKG 451 o - Type – condenser. Pickup pattern – omnidirectional. Good for room micing, or huddling vocalist around. Kind of a weird mic. Not as sensitive and less frequency response than the Neumann U87i.
 
AKG 451 ♥ - Type – condenser. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Classic vocal mic, used extensively in live 70’s TV performances. Great mid to high-high range. You’ll use it on a small drum set or acoustic guitar.
 
Sony ecm 65 - Type –  condenser. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Grungy old condenser mic. If you want that distorted sound try one of these.
 
Beyer M160 - Type – ribbon. Pickup pattern – cardioid. Vary sensitive, will add that extra sparkle to the high end of anything. Good for high hat, light vocals, and the like, not good for screamers.

no

Curriculum: Membership Drive Training Materials

no

Curriculum: Planning an Exciting Public Affairs Program

PLANNING AN EXCITING PUBLIC AFFAIRS PROGRAM


(Thanks to Ayleen Crotty, Don McIntosh, Marilyn Pittman, Jenka Soderberg & Emily Young
for content)


Why Do People Listen to Radio?

People listen to radio to be informed, educated, entertained and comforted. You’re there as the
host to make those things happen as best as you can, and to instill a sense of confidence in
your listeners. That is your duty as an on-air volunteer.


Know Your Team

-- Your KBOO Staff Contact
This will be the AM or PM News/Public Affairs Director. This person is your support contact, if
you need suggestions, want feedback, or have questions, ask your contact.
-- All hosts of the show - On air or not...
Some programs have one host, others have a collective of people. Be sure that everyone
involved in your show is clued in every step of the way.
Develop your own system to:
-Track who is on when...
-What this week/months topic is...
-Who is inviting guests?
-Topics for the Future...
-Who will open the show?
-Who will close the show?
-Who is responsible for station IDs?
--Your Board Operator
The Board Operator, or Board Op, literally runs the show, yet is far too often overlooked as
a key player in the success of the show. The Board Op has responsibilities outside of the
show. they are responsible for playing and reading announcements, letting people in the door,
answering phone calls, staying on schedule, and running the show.
You and the Board Op need to be on the same page about every detail of your show. A well
organized and up-to-date run sheet will help the communication between you and the Board Op.
Tell your Board Op:
-How Many Guests you will have
-If you have pre-recorded audio and how to access it, which track number of the CD, that
kind of thing.
-Are you taking calls? Should callers remain on the line?
-What is on the run sheet?
When you’re live, on the air, you will need to communicate with your Board Op. Sit in a position
that allows you to maintain visual contact. Develop your cues, such as musical fades, no more
callers, etc.
-Will the engineer use talk back or hand signals to communicate with you? What are your
hand signals?
- Your Guests
How do you prepare guests for the show? Even if your guest is someone you think will have
a lot of experience, go the extra mile to familiarize the person with KBOO, your show, and
the guidelines (indecency). A well prepared guest can relax, and a relaxed guest is a more
interesting guest. A relaxed mind allows the guest to think more clearly and more in-depth.
Things to tell your guest:

What time to arrive, specifically AM or PM! (Have your guests arrive 15 minutes early to
settle in, have questions answered, and to relieve your stress over if they’ll show up or not!)
Studio address, 20 SE 8th Ave, and how to get in the door
What time the show goes live
How long the guest will be on the show
Who else will be on the air
Types of questions you will ask
Also, encourage your guest to help promote their appearance on KBOO.


PLANNING YOUR SHOW

The best way to ensure a successful show is to plan in advance. Start as early as you can.
Give guests advance notice and plenty of information. Discuss the topic, find guests, research
information. Plan out what will happen during your show.
Some topics are good mostly because they’re timely or newsworthy, but they may not need a
whole program devoted to them. Consider taking on two topics and separating your show into
two sections. It is recommended you clearly define these lines so that you aren’t talking about
two separate issues at the same time, which can be disconcerting for the listener and doesn’t
present a a cohesive show.


Planning:
Prepare your guest: The Pre-Interview
People who are experts on a topic are not necessarily good radio guests. Conduct a preinterview
over the phone or in person. You do not need to spend a lot of time, or to tell them the
exact questions you’ll be asking on the air, but you do need to get a sense of how the guest will
talk about the issue. Is the guest relevant? Is the topic really a hot topic? This pre-screening is
called “finding the heat”. The “heat” is the heart of the issue and finding it helps you determine
the strengths of your topic and your guest.
Some pre-interview questions:
I’d like to do a show about ________ and I know you’re involved in that. Can I sak you a
few questions about what you know about the issue?
(Then ask the questions).
If you think the person is a good fit, invite them on the show. If you don’t think they’re a good fit,
thank them for their time, and try with another person.
Also, remember to schedule audio diversity. Gender balance, local/national/international, people
of color, and maybe also current v. historical balance. Keeping the guests fresh in all ways...


Planning:
Write down information.

Write out your introduction, and your closing words so you hit on all the points you want to
mention. Write out who your guess is and what are their credentials for being on the program.
Verify this information with our guest, as well as the pronunciation of their name or title.


Planning:
Promoting your show

People are more likely to tune into your program if they know if will be on! here are ways you
can promote your show:
-KBOO website: Create a program episode.
-KBOO airwaves: Create an on-air promo.
-Social networking: Twitter, Facebook, etc. Use your own personal account , and
KBOO’s.
-Send a brief announcement to relevant e-mail lists.
-Hand out flyers at relevant events.


Planning:
Your Runsheet

A Runsheet tells you what happens when, and is ESSENTIAL . No show - no matter how
simple - should ever be without one. A Run sheet reminds you how much time you want to
devote to a particular action and what happens at what time. It lets your Board Op and guest
know what to expect. It is a good idea to be open to change during your show so you don’t
miss out on incredible radio moments, but in the absence of some earth shattering dialog or
unexpected cal, stay on top of your run sheet. As soon as you’re off track, so is your Board Op,
which makes it very difficult for then to assist you in having a great show.
Possible Elements of the Runsheet:
-Intro theme song, how long to let it run
-Track numbers of pre-recorded Tracks on a CD
-Length of Pre-recorded audio
-Time when you’ll introduce your guests and start the interview
-When to do the re-cap (name of the show, guests, KBOO ID, topic of the show,
promoting website, etc.)
-Time to wrap up the discussion
-Closing elements (Recap guest, contact information for guest and for you,
-Outro theme song


Show Day:
Preparing your guests on the DAY of the show

They’re here in the studio! You go on the air very soon! Good things to cover:
Have them get in a comfortable position, and put the mic about a fist away from their
mouth, but just a hair off center. Tell the guest they should be comfortable, because we don’t
want them to have to fuss around while they’re on the air. Also, tell them to be mindful of the
table, and tapping, kicking, or other nervous habits. The noise will reverberate and go out over
the air. This is also a good time to figure out how you will communicate on the air, passing
notes? have paper and pen at the ready. Hand signals? Figure out what they are.
Mic Placement: Tell your guest to Speak directly into the mic, and to avoid turning their
head. Warn them that you may be adjusting your mic during the show, and show them how to
use the cough button. This is a great time to also remind them about indecency, and what is
appropriate for KBOO broadcast.
Headphones: They will need to wear headphones to hear callers, and to hear how they
sound. Warn them they may hear the Board Op during talk back, but tell them it’s not going on
the air, and to keep talking.
Callers: There is no need to answer off-topic questions. Tell the guest you will handle it if
the call is off topic. If they don’t know the answer work out a signal, like shrugging shoulders, so
you can help.
Run Sheet: Show your guest the outline of the show, and let them know they can refer to
it during the show if they want, but that you as the host will do the work to follow it. It may make
the guest more nervous to have that information.
Positioning: They should be comfortable at the start, because their won’t be much
opportunity to move around once the microphones are on, and you are on the air.
Communication while on the air: Describe how you will communicate with the guest,
such as passing notes, or hand signals if needed.


Show Day: Preparing yourself on the DAY of the show
Prep:

-Breathing and vocal exercises, warming up. Stretch, Peter Piper Picked a Peck of
Pickled Peppers. Laugh.
-Have notes (names of guests, songs, books, etc) clear and ready.
-Rehearse your introduction out loud. Project your voice into the microphone. It is easier
for the Board Operator to turn down a loud voice than to turn up a quiet voice.
-Practice saying names OUT LOUD.


Show Day: Your Show is On the Air!
Getting into the show:

-Have a strong segue from the previous show
-Limited use of theme song or promotional spots
-Introduce yourself, the show, the theme, the guests
-Draw listeners in, tell a story, get to the guests, get the show kicking immediately.
Periodically ID your show.


Throughout the show, do any and all of these recaps:
-Your name, the name of the show, names of guests
-Topic or theme of the show
-KBOO ID (Kay Bee Oh Oh, Portland) frequencies, and time of day
-Promote website
Example “You’re listening to the KBOO Bike show. We’re speaking with bike lawyer Ray
Thomas and we’re taking your calls. “


If you have callers:

You are in charge of the dialogue. Do not let callers run the show. KBOO is dedicated to
providing a voice for the public, but you are not required to keep a caller on the air just because
they called in. It is okay to cut off callers. It allows you to have an organized show, keep things
on track, save time for relevant callers, and keep your show interesting for the listeners.
Cutting off callers is not easy, and may be the hardest thing you have to do on your show. The
difficulty is finding a way to break in but sound smooth. the key is to be bold, friendly and to
MOVE ON without hesitation. Don’t let callers steal the show! Watch out for calls at the end of
the show. Don’t take calls in the last five minutes, and be very cautious in the last ten minutes of
your show.
Phrases That Help:
Rambling person: “Well, thank you so much for your call this morning”.
Off Topic person: “Thank you for your call. We’re talking about a different issue
this morning. “(address your guest, motion for the engineer to cut the person off) “So Ray,
what’s the most common rule that cyclists have a hard time understanding?”
Having a hard time getting to the point: “I;m not sure the listeners understand
what you’re saying. Can you quickly summarize what you’re trying to ask?”
Remember your audience
You have thousands of people listening to you. Avoid insider lingo and abbreviations. Spell
things out and always explain a concept before launching into it. Take a step back from your
knowledge and be inclusive. You are the host, and just like at a party, it is your job to make
people feel welcome no matter what level of knowledge or interest they have.


Start ending the show with about 10 minutes to go
This gives you time to do a mental recap, and make sure you haven’t missed anything. Do Not
introduce any more complex topics to the program. Don’t worry about squeezing information in
until the very last second of your program. Stop taking calls with about 5 minutes to the end of
the program. Plan what you will say to give your show closure.
Example closing:
“Well, Ray, thank you so much for being on the air with us this morning. We really
appreciate it.”
PAUSE (time for the guest to say thank you, or some other goodbye)
“You’ve been listening to the KBOO Bike show. Our guest was bike lawyer Ray
Thomas. We are on the air the first Wednesday of every month. Archives of our program
are online at bike show dot Portland transport dot com. Again, that’s bike show dot
Portland transport dot com. Special thanks to Portland Transport for hosting our podcast.
On next months program we’ll be talking about how to choose a bike that’s right for you.
Until next time , make it a great day, and keep riding your bike!”
(Point to Board Op)
(Board Op fades up outro song)


After the show:
Web Uploads

If you are not already uploading your program to the KBOO site, you should be. KBOO”s web
assistant can give you a training. The first step is to record your show. The second step is to
get a Log In and Password for the KBOO website. The third step is to upload your audio, with
description and a photo. It is a user friendly system.
An enhanced website is essential to KBOO’s growth into the future. Amazing programs happen
all the time on KBOO, and with web audio people can listen to them at their convenience.
Contact web@kboo.org


After the show:
Evaluation

Record and listen to your show. Your Board Op can record a CD for you. Blank CDs are sold in
the KBOO vending machine. After a few days, relax at home and listen to your show.
Things to listen for:
-Was I organized?
-Like/And/ Or/ Ah’s/ Um’s - Distracting? Too much?
-Was the information presented clearly?
-How did I handle callers?
-Did I sound confident and polished?
-What could I have done better?
-When did I sound uncomfortable or unprofessional and what can I do to change that?
Best Radio Moments
Recognizing your best show moments can help you identify what works well for you. Think
about shows that have been your favorites because of the guests, callers, or the topic. What
worked? How can you recreate that moment?
Make a plan. Write out 2-3 things you will change on your next program.


TIPS FOR AN IMPROVED SHOW
Listen to other shows

Take note of what sounds good. As long as you’re not talking in a slick, affected radio voice,
you can never be too polished. Listen to commercial and public radio as well as plenty of other
public affairs programs on KBOO. Make notes about what you like and work toward making
those things part of your routine.


Fight the Um, Ah urge.
Practice taking breaths instead.


They Can’t See You

Don’t refer to visual things (Photo on the wall, flyer for event, etc.) unless you can make a
dramatic, brief and relevant description.


Never mention Technical difficulties

It is radio and the audience can’t see you and your problems. When something goes wrong,
chances are the listener doesn’t know, and the listener doesn’t want to know. Do whatever you
can to keep going, uninterrupted, and create a sense that nothing is wrong.


Professionalism First
You want your show to have heart and reflect who you are, but you’ll reach out to more people
if you’re organized. Start at the level of being extraordinarily organized and mature, then bring
in your personality. Over time, you’ll see how much more interesting this makes your show. Let
your personality shine, but do it through the lens of professionalism. Instill confidence in your
listeners by presenting a solidly organized program.


Vocal practice

A better voice helps you entire show shine. Here are some tips:
-Smile. When you smile, your voice sounds clearer and sweeter, more open and
approachable.
-Enunciate and speak clearly.
-Avoid reading long passages on the air.
-Slow down.
-Have notes available.
-Four Dynamics of good vocal variety:
-PITCH: This is the musical range of your voice, also called inflection. Your voice
should have a wide range of pitch, from low to high, of the ear to stay interested. You can also
think of it as having bass and treble in your voice. Develop pitch by singing before a
presentation, or by practicing your speech using different pitches. By warming up the pitch prior
to the actual presentation or interview your performance will have more expression and,
therefore, hold more interest.
-VOLUME: This is the amount of modulation in your voice, the level of sound.
You will need more air behind the louder sounds, less behind the softer ones. We naturally
increase volume when we want to emphasize a word. volume is a great way to get the listener to
hear our most vital messages. Even using softer volume on certain words can make for a more
dynamic and compelling presentation. Again, practicing this dynamic prior to presenting will give
you greater range.
-TEMPO: This is the rate at which you speak, the actual time it takes to say each
word. Tempo is fast, medium, or slow. Slowing down a word requires stretching the vowel sound
since this is where time exists in our language. you can practice stretching out vowels on key, or
operative words, as a way of enhancing our speaking style. As well, you can also quicken the
tempo when you are giving background information.
-RHYTHM: This is the space between the words, the pauses. A smooth rhythm is
when all the words connect; a jerky rhythm is when you break up your thoughts, or words, with
pauses. A pause before or after a word or phrase makes that word stand out. An effective use of
pausing can really make a presentation easy to follow.


Explain who KBOO People are.
Remember that your audience doesn’t listen to KBOO 24/7. Don’t mention people without
identifying them.
Don’t:
Well, Ani just walked in the room to hand me
something.

Do:(Read the note, then say) I just received news
that the tickets are all gone and we have a
winner. Congratulations to Sarah!


Don't:

I was talking to Celeste Carey the other day

Do:

I was talking with Celeste Carey, the host of
KBOO’s Afrotainment program...


Don't

Oh I can see Jennie just walked in to do her
show

Do:

We’ve got about 10 mintues left on the Bike
show. We have time for one more caller...


KBOO Membership Drive
Membership drives are a time when we all come together to ask our listeners for the financial
support necessary to keep the station thriving. About 80% of our funding comes from listeners,
so it’s an extremely important time. If we want listeners to support the station we need to give
them a good reason. What better way to convince them than an incredible program.
-Put all your best organizational skills into the show.
-Get all your ducks in a row.
-Plan well in advance.
-Plan a Hot Topic, one you know your listeners love.
-Promote well in advance.
-Bring on an energetic guest (and Prepare them in advance.)
-Go the Extra Mile.
-Plan for a much shorter program (about 21 minutes for a regular half hour show, about
42 minutes for an hour show).
-Have Fun! Relax!
-Ask listeners, very directly, to support you and your show.


Updated: Dec, 2010 by Erin Yanke

Curriculum: Promoting Your Program -- getting the word out about the great work you do!

Program pages

What makes a good program page? ( example: http://kboo.fm/stageandstudio )

  • human readable URLgood descriptive text about your program
    • what is the show about?
    • what is your particular focus?
    • what makes your show special? Why should people listen?
  • a great graphic
    • this can be a logo or a photograph
  • a URL that is human readable
  • a "Coming Soon" notice (ie, a Schedule Episode posted)
  • a Hosted by

On KBOO.FM

  1. Write a Schedule Episode for kboo.fm. The earlier you write a Schedule Episode, the earlier it is posted to the front page, and the earlier it is indexed by Google.
    1. Notes: be sure to have a photo or graphic! It draws the eye to your blurb.
    2. Use the Post to twitter.com option on your Schedule Episode. And remember, you have 140 characters to use. Right now it reads "Your Program Name" "Link to Schedule Episode", but you can make it better. Here's some examples:
      • Life During Wartime on 09/28/11 tonight features RAYOS X and GENERACION SUICIDA - 11 pm http://tinyurl.com/68t5jzz OR
      • Democracy Now! on 09/21/11 is a special two-hour broadcast today from Jackson, GA http://tinyurl.com/3hrx8co
  2. Write a description for your Program on kboo.fm. You have a program, right? Why should people listen to it if they don't know what it's about. Write about what you do your program on, what perspectives are taken into consideration, and why you are a great host.
    1. Notes: be sure to have a photo or graphic -- or even a logo for your show!
  3. If you do a public affairs show, make sure to post your audio promptly after the show with a good description of your topic, your guests, etc. Oh, yeah, an image is a good idea too.
  4. If you do a music show, make sure to post your playlist promptly after the show. If you had a particular theme, more information, special guests, etc, writing a little about that is going to be a good idea. As well as an image.     

In Real Life

  1. Poster. Make stickers. Be sure to give details about how your potential listeners can hear your show.

In Your Virtual Life

  1. Create an email list. You can collect addresses by putting a message on your KBOO.FM program page that you send out a weekly/biweekly/monthly email about your show and you can sign up by using your KBOO.FM contact form, or by putting your email address on the program page.
    1. You can set up an email list using Facebook, Google Groups or Yahoo Groups, or, you can just use your own email.
    2. Make sure if you use your own email, to put all the addresses in the BCC field. That way, everyone's email address stays private.
    3. If you say it's a weekly email, then email weekly. Don't flood your email list with emails, or starve it with none.
    4. Make sure that your emails talk about what is new with this episode, your guests, their point of view, perhaps articles by or about them, your topic, etc. And an image is a good idea.
  2. Create a Facebook Page for your Program. The place to start is the Facebook Help page, which is linked from the bottom right hand side of every page on Facebook.
    1. Go to Facebook Basics, then Explore Popular Features, then More -- then Pages: Put your business or brand on Facebook . Then go to Creating and Administering Your Page, which will tell you about how to set up your page.
    2. Have a great guest or a donor who has a Facebook presence? Tag them! Put an @ before their name (and make sure you use the exact same form of their name as Facebook). For example, if you wanted to tag Vicki Jean Beauchamp, search for her on Facebook and then tag her as @VJ Beauchamp. When you're writing the message, a box will pop up below with the person's name. To tag them, you need to click on that box below.
    3. Post a message to the KBOO Community Radio page on Facebook. (You'll need to like it to be able to post to the page).
  3. Create a blog for your show. You can blog for free at Blogger, WordPress, or Tumblr, among others. You can also blog here at KBOO.FM.
  4. If you choose to use KBOO's blog feature, please remember to link to it (on your program page, your Schedule Episode, your Audio, your Playlist, your promotional emails, your facebook page, and your twitters).
  5. Get a twitter account (it's free at http://twitter.com/ ) and twitter about your show. Twitter is a microblogging format where you write messages that are less than 140 characters. When you tweet about your show, be sure to include @kboo or #kboo, so we can retweet your posts to our followers.
I want to manually place the images in this page.

Curriculum: Using the KBOO Website

Using the KBOO website

KBOO has a complex website with many parts. It can be confusing to use. Here, we try to identify what you might be looking for, and how to find it.

KBOO's site is richer if you log in. If you don't have a login, you can register for one.

To register for the site, click on the Login-Register link at the top middle of your browser screen.

You will land on the login page, which has two new tabs: Create New Account, and, Request New Password.

When you go to the Create New Account page, you have a lot of form fields, but only 5 of them need to be filled out: Username, E-mail address, First name, Last name, and Word Verification.

If you've forgotten your password, you can reset it on the Request New Password page.

With both of these, you must do the Word Verification. If you cannot make out the letters in the graphic, click submit, and you will get the form again, with a new Word Verification.

The Community Calendar

You access the Community Calendar by clicking on the graphic of a calendar labelled Events. You can enter Community Calendar events by logging in, and then going to your Control Panel in the righthand sidebar.

Volunteer Spotlight

We appreciate all the work of our volunteers at KBOO.  We simply could not fuction without them.  

Our volunteer spotlight gives just a glimpse of some who stand out because of the amazing contributions they bring.

no

Spotlight: Bryan Stevens

Bryan Stevens is one of the many remarkable volunteers who work behind the scenes to help KBOO succeed. For almost two years, he has been volunteering 20 to 40 hours per week in our Engineering Department. 

How did we come to have an audio professional with years of radio, computer and electronics experience under his belt investing countless hours at the station? Bryan answers that, “I’m damned lucky to be here after two strokes and one heart attack. I stopped working in 2002, sat for three months, and had a heart attack. It was time to get off my keester and do something. John [Mackey, our Chief Engineer] was looking for help down here.” 
 
 
Bryan continues by saying that his goal is, “keeping KBOO sounding like one of the top radio stations in Portland. One of the local broadcast engineers said that we are ‘one of the top three stations in Portland’ in terms of audio quality, and I took that as a compliment.” Working toward the goal of superior on-air sound and infrastructure, Bryan has rewired major portions of our studios, worked on the install of a digital studio-transmitter link and upgraded or replaced computers throughout the building. We often obtain computers and parts come from Free Geek, a local nonprofit computer recycling and training center, so we keep the costs low and work with sister organizations even in our information-technology arena. 
 
Bryan’s KBOO story is typical in some ways in that he utilizes and builds his skill set, but also finds a great social experience at the station: “It gets me out of the house and helps me stay active; going to parties and getting drunk at 51 just doesn’t do it anymore.” Working in a diverse environment full of passionate people has offered an environment where Bryan has developed positive relationships with “people who we might not have hit it off at first, and I enjoy working with volunteers.” 
 
His experience in radio goes back to KROQ “The Rock” in Los Angeles. “They had an old RCA transmitter with no lightening protection. When lightening hit, I had to go up and replace a capacitor each time. That led to studio repairs and other work.” Bryan also has run his own computer repair business, and that knowledge has been a blessing for KBOO.
 
One key to Bryan’s success at the station has been his excellent working relationship with our Chief Engineer, John Mackey. “I’ve known John since 1989, my first year in Oregon. He showed up at the coast and needed a bunch of radios that needed fixed. Later on, I moved to Portland and John and I have been close friends ever since.” Working with John at KBOO, “I learn something new every day. What I don’t know he knows, and what he doesn’t know, I know. We compliment each other really well.”
 
Many people are surprised to learn that the engineering demands at KBOO are actually higher than at other stations. We have hundreds of volunteers using five studios 24/7/365. Other stations use a small paid staff and satellite feeds. This means that we have to have a more robust infrastructure and more training and support. Bryan Stevens has been critical to helping us achieve success in this area, and we say “Thank You” to Bryan!

 

Spotlight: Frank Cobb Sr.

Volunteer Spotlight: Frank Cobb Sr.
March 2007
Jenka Soderberg, PM News and Public Affairs director

Sometimes a new KBOO volunteer arrives on the scene, and just hits the ground running.  Frank Cobb, Sr. is one such volunteer.  He arrived for Orientation back in January, and immediately got involved in the PM News Department.  Within a month, after coming to every training that was offered in the News Department, he was going out to the street almost every day, tape recorder in hand, to interview the homeless in Portland.
 
A homeless veteran himself, Frank wanted to help other homeless people tell their own stories in their own words.  He began work on a series he called 'Fallen through the Cracks', which focused on the stories of people who have been unable to get the help they need from the social services system.  He interviewed homeless people, particularly focusing on those with handicaps, and also interviewed the close-to-homeless, handicapped people living with disabilities and unable to get the support they need from the system that is supposed to serve them.
 
But he didn't stop there.  Frank took digital editing training, and began editing the interviews himself into fully-produced pieces to air on the Evening News.  He wrote his own scripts and read his own copy.  And he even began Engineering training to be the Board-operator for the Evening News.
 
He went out and interviewed peace protestors at the big Anti-War march on March 18th, talked to grannies getting arrested at the Army Recruiting Center, interviewed veterans of the Iraq War and even questioned Starbucks representatives on their 'greenwashing' events for World Water Day.  Frank even interviewed a mama and baby cow who were promoting vaganism for the Great American Meat-Out.
 
Well, Frank will be gone in April, to a residential program that will help him get back on his feet.  But we here at KBOO will sure miss his persevering spirit, his hard work, and his great down-to-earth interviewing style.  We hope he'll be back soon to volunteer with us again!

Spotlight: Jamilah Bourdon

jamilah bourdon is a KBOO board member and the host of  "guess who's coming to radio??!!"  She's an ever-present force at the station offering provocative views on race, class & the economy along with great music and a warm and engaging personality.

 

"A friend of mine was a guest on a Walt Curtis' show.  I brought some music, and that was my first introduction to the station.  At the time, I was working graveyard at Voodoo Donuts listening to KBOO until morning.  I stayed tuned for talk radio and called in, but when my call didn't get through, I came down to the station and they put me live on the microphone right then and there.  That was my inspiration to join this community."

 

jamilah's helped with mailings, membership, events tabling, front desk receptionist, and "substituting for a lot of shows; I have experience spinning music, so that was pretty easy."

 

She found many mentors at the station.  "Eduardo said, 'You need to be on the air.'  He and Rabia were really encouraging and provided training.  Jay Jay and Shaheed were instrumental in mentoring and encouraging me. Celeste, Ani…a whole network of people who encouraged me to have a creative outlet on the air, be it public affairs or music."

 

Why is jamilah here and on the air?  "Soul liberation: my goal is to truly form community, addressing issues of people of African descent who live in the United States. There isn't a space for people's voices to be heard on the air.  I talk about police terrorism, connecting with elders, intergenerationalism, the elders who I can learn from and the youth who I can learn from.  I volunteer with kids at the library who are primarily black and brown—some of them have been on the show.  Many souls are trapped in the labeling of what it means to be a black person or a brown person in this society, and we have to make those connections because we're all affected by it."

 

"I always open the show with Stevie Wonder because he is the guiding hand of everything I do in the air room.  A man who speaks out and stands for peace; he could never be boxed in, and has had an activist's spirit ever since he was young.  When black people speak out, people say, 'You're sensitive. What does this have to do with anything?  Get over it.'  But our issues aren't resolved.   Stevie brings people together to listen."

 

She grew up in the Bronx and Brooklyn and moved to Bellingham, Washington at 23 and then to Portland four years later.  "I looked for people who had lived here for more than 25 years.  I learned about displacement at the time of the Oregon Convention Center.  I made sure to find the people who really knew the community.  I found Reflections Bookstore and then KBOO.  It's a lot harder to get to know people in the Northwest than in New York. Here you can separate yourself and call it diversity. People in New York can coexist because they can find their own space with food, culture, etc.  In Brooklyn, you have the West Indian Day parade, the Puerto Rican parade, and all the other community events.  In Portland, people feel more comfortable on general issues like Iraq war, but not local issues like police brutality, Kendra James for example.  On the show, we were talking about police terrorism.  A woman called in to ask why we were 'down on the police.'  I'd answer that there are nice cops but a bad system.  People here want to stop the killing in Iraq, stop the killing in Afghanistan, but they'll step over homeless people.  A big cultural difference in this city is that people are usually upset at what they're far removed from."

 

For jamilah, KBOO has offered many opportunities for growth.  "I've learned patience to engage with people more than I have, to utilize my voice publicly.  I've always been very shy, and I have a framework where I really have to speak, to do it and not be afraid…I  learned a lot about how to read people through voice, how to really listen, to know everyone does not think like me, and being OK with that. As a board operator for talk shows, you have to learn when to cut people off: you have  to learn to listen to

people, but you have to learn about boundaries too.  It takes patience.  And it's been great learning modes of communication that are effective and pro-active rather than contentious.  It's something you have to do if you want a great on-air sound."

 

Creativity and collaboration are jamilah's favorite aspects of the station. "I've been fortunate to come before and after Hole in the Bucket, Circle A, the Youth Collective, and Drinking from Puddles.  The show I do is totally different, but we all share that space, and it's great when everyone's here to move it along and be positive."

 

At a station known for diversity of people and interests, jamilah's programming is exemplary of the ability to reach across music genres and out to many different people.  "For late-night programming, I play anything from Frank Zappa to the Buzzcocks , Meat Beat Manifesto, Cassandra Wilson to Teena Marie. On 'guess who's coming to radio??!!', any musician of African descent: Diane Reeves, Living Color, Joshua Redman, Stevie Wonder (of course!), Horace Silver...  Positive hip hop,  KRS-ONE, and even some jazz.  I try to stay positive."

Spotlight: Judy Arielle Fiestal

It’s hard to believe, but at one time, we did not have a KBOO Youth Program. Volunteer Judy Fiestal changed that. She helped create “The Underground” youth-radio show and secured funding for the first year of our Youth Advocate position. Judy has now taken a leadership position as a board member where she is heading up several important projects.

Like so many volunteers, Judy heard the call to “come on down and get involved.” “I couldn’t believe that they would really let me do something like run the air-room control board. I engineered labor radio, did some reporting: It gave me skills that I didn’t have before.”oo
 
Along with on-air work, Judy got involved with youth at KBOO. “I wanted to do something more adult oriented, but I realized there wasn’t any real outlet for kids. My son Jacob put in a proposal for the youth show, The Underground, in 2002. I engineered the board, he got his friends involved, and that segued into The Youth Collective.” She had the idea to write a grant for a paid staff position, and through the Radio & Television News Directors Foundation, we hired Andrew Stelzer as our first Youth Advocate.
 
Judy has parlayed her KBOO experience into additional professional and volunteer opportunities. “When I volunteered for American Jewish World Service, they (delete: initially) said that they had no positions in my field. But based on my work with youth at KBOO, they offered to send me to Mexico to help start a youth radio program on sexual health and reproductive rights. I jumped at the chance.” She is currently working on a grant project with Renaissance Arts Academy at Marshall High School in Lents. She and music teacher Judy Rose have set up a Mac lab where students are taught to produce audio pieces that are aired on KBOO, based on interviews of local musicians who come and perform in their classroom.
 
Judy has served on our board since 2006. She has taken an active role in our strategic-planning process, coordinating our survey efforts and helping to create community meetings. “I’m also engineering for Carmen on ‘Buscando America’ and Mariane on ‘Africa on Fire, as well as the news.’ I meet all sorts of people here, and it’s very exciting to me.”
 
Judy moved to Oregon from the east coast in 1971. “I felt a strong affinity here, and I enjoy the natural areas—hiking, kayaking, cross-country skiing. The Cascades, the coast and the high desert are all so close.”
 
Beyond the technical skills of audio editing and organizational development, what has Judy learned at KBOO? “Hearing people express what’s important to them, giving them the time and space and being open in that regard…I was a lot shier, and I wasn’t willing to give myself much of a voice, but KBOO helped me to learn how to share how I feel about things…It’s been fun watching people who started with no skills develop into professional broadcasters.” What else has she learned at the station? “If I do something with a good heart and a good intention, even if someone is critical, I can move forward in a positive way.”

 

Spotlight: Violet D’Alessio

Amazing Kids Part One: The Youngest DJ
Arthur Davis, Station Manager
March 2008

Did you meet our nine-year-old receptionist? Zoe, now ten, is awesome: “May I ask who’s calling? One moment please.” KBOO does amazing work with youth, and today I’d like to share the tale of another young volunteer who—at three years old—is our youngest active volunteer. First, let’s set up the story:

Years ago, back in the early eighties, I was wearing combat boots, slam dancing at punk rock shows and bringing cans of spray paint to bear on empty walls (let’s call it an informal neighborhood improvement program), so when I turn on the radio and hear the music of that era, there’s always a sense of excitement and nostalgia. During International Women’s Day on KBOO, I enjoyed just that experience. We had a women-in-punk special during the middle of the afternoon. It took me back to “the day,” and the program sounded great, so I took the opportunity to walk back to the air room and find out who was bringing us this exciting programming.
 
Violet D’AlessioAppropriately, there was a room full of people with leather jackets and blue hair, but imagine my surprise when I saw three-year-old Violet D’Alessio at the control board. Our own Erin Yanke was showing her as to what buttons and faders to push, but in Erin’s typical style, the session had the feeling of empowerment and mentorship rather than adult directives. Listening to the radio, you’d never imagine that this young kid was the “DJ.” After the program, I had a chance to speak with Violet’s mom, Heather. She’d been invited to put together a music special, and she in turn brought in friends from the music scene to assist. 
 
Heather came of age with punk rock, and she’s experiencing some life changes now with a young daughter: “She’s not angry disillusioned and full of angst, so I don’t really play that music anymore, but I have some punk friends.” In the spirit of punk and DIY, Heather says, “I’m trying to connect with other radical unschoolers and build community around extended families.” Violet’s dad was a tree sitter and an activist, so Heather is trying to extend that spirit of community activism, retaining the energy of her younger life while “moving on to hope, possibility and continuance.” It can be a challenge because, “We don’t have elders…or they square up and get jobs,” so Heather came to KBOO: “It seemed like a perfect environment for creating community with families.”
 
Heather and Violet D’AlessioBack to the radio show, Heather reports that in the first minute of the program, they got their first phone call: “That was shocking! I loved it! Who was that?” 
 
We enjoyed the great radio, and it’ll be wonderful to see Violet and Heather down here to continue on-air production and community building. I’d like to share in an upcoming blog entry about Zoe—who I introduced above—and her sisters who are part of another wonderful KBOO family, literally and figuratively. These are the people who make KBOO a great place to work!

 

Committees

Meetings are held at KBOO (unless otherwise noted) and are open to all - call ahead to check times.

  • The Board of Directors -  Meets the 4th Monday of each month starting at 6:00 pm
  • Development Committee - Meets the first Monday of every month at 6:00 pm.
    The Development Committee discusses marketing, fundraising and public relations strategies for the station.
  • Engineering Committee - Meets the first Thursday of every month at 7:30 pm.
  • Finance Committee - Meets the third Tuesday of every month at 4:30 pm. Click here for more info and minutes.
  • People of Color Caucus - Call Celeste Carey at KBOO (503)231-8032.
  • Personnel/Governance Committee - Meets the second Monday of every month at 6:30 pm. There will be no October meeting. Next meeting November 12.
  • Programming Advisory Committee - Meets the second Tuesday of every month at 6:00 pm. The Program Committee works with the Program Director to evaluate programmers and develop programming ideas. Due to the Membership Drive, the October meeting will be October 23rd from 6-7:30pm.
  • Queerboo Collective - Meets the second and fourth Tuesdays of every month at 6:30 pm, after Out Loud airs. Email: KbooOutLoud [at] yahoo.com.
  • Strategic Planning Committee no longer actively meeting - blog, Strategic Planning Documents
  • Tech Committee - Meets the third Thursday of every month at 3:30 pm.
  • Youth Collective - Meets every Wednesday at 6:00 pm. The KBOO Youth Collective plans the monthly youth public affairs show, The Underground, and the original youth music show, Youth Randomonium. All youth aged 21 years or younger are welcome to attend, as well as "adult allies" who are interested in giving support to the youth members.
no

Finance Committee

The Finance Committee provides recommendations and feedback to the board on budgeting, accounting and finance. We review monthly and annual reporting. 

**Finance Committee Meeting Change (May 2013)**

The Finance Committee is on Tuesday, May 14, 2013 at 4:30 pm this month.  The committee will meet again on Tuesday, June 18th at 4:30 pm at KBOO radio station.

Please e-mail Paula, Treasurer of the Board, at kboopaula at gmail dot com or Debbie Rabidue, Finance Coordinator finance@kboo.org, with any questions.

2009 FY

The 2009 fiscal year runs from Oct 1st 2008 to Sept 30th 2009. 

* Please note that documents posted here may include drafts and other management materials that are not intended to represent a legal or final record of the corporation.

Finance Committee Minutes - September 15, 2009

KBOO Finance Committee Minutes

Meeting Date:          Tuesday, September 15, 2009

Meeting Time:         6 pm

Meeting Location:  Old Wives’ Tale<?xml:namespace prefix = o />

 

Attending: Bob, Rolf, Steve, Mel, Debbie Chris Merrick (interim Station Manager)

& Paula

 

Absent: Arthur, Genevieve

 

Visiting: Nicole Andrae, Anthony Petchel, Nia Lewis, Judy Fiestal

 

1. Check-in/intro

- There was a check-in and introduction of all meeting attendees.

 

2. FY09 Staff Bonus

-       Judy presented information regarding the staff bonus line item on the FY ’09 budget. Also wanted the FC to consider bonus on FY ’10 proposed budget.

 

-       Discussion about staff salaries, COLAs & definition of “bonus”.

 

-       Vote taken to recommend full bonus amount budgeted ($15,000), an adjusted bonus amount or eliminate bonus amount from FY ’09 budget.

 

-       Bob asked the FC to examine staff pay structure for FY ’10.

 

Motion passed to recommend an adjusted amount of $10,000 staff bonus to Board. Finance Committee will begin reviewing staff pay structure at first meeting of FY ’10 (October 2009).

 

3. Investment/Re-investment Presentation

Debbie presented an overview of investment vehicles used in the last year, as a result of market conditions. <?xml:namespace prefix = st1 />August 25, 2009 was maturity date of CD and only ten (10) days available to make re-investment decision.

Per Anthony, investment strategies were safety measures and to make sure all funds FDIC-insured. The FDIC limit increased to $250,000 and insurance extended through 2013.

Discussions among attendees regarding viable re-investment strategies, other than CD. CD closed out to short-term account, until FC discussion and recommendation.

FC agreed to table decision/further discussion until first meeting in October 2009.

4. FY09 Staff Survey

The FC Staff Survey originally facilitated by Genevieve, before being reviewed by Paula for discussion among and presentation to the FC.

Bob asked how staff felt about surveys. Paula explained that staff viewed this survey separately from the Jim Ayala project and was for use by the FC.

Paula explained that the summaries were mostly for informational purposes; a few factors staff considered were no longer applicable, such as balancing the budget and maintaining staffing levels, as of the meeting’s date.

Comments and results of survey distributed to all attendees and briefly explained.

5. FY10 Budget Presentation

Debbie presented new Budget Narrative summary, which highlights key areas as requested by several Board members. The FC will continue to review financials by line item. The FC acknowledged Budget Narrative made review easier.

Paid memberships increased in the last month and a half, perhaps due to upcoming election.

New Development role a risky proposition for KBOO, but could yield significant benefits.

Debbie presented revenue items highlighted on Budget Narrative, then asked the FC to review revenue items on operating budget line-by-line.

Anthony recommend a more conservative budget for interest (line #34) to $10,000, as interest rates lowered in the last year. He suggested 2%. Debbie to recalculate line item at 2% rate instead.

Debbie to double-check with Andrew Geller (Membership Director) re: KBOO’s GiveGuide status.

Debbie to keep the FC apprised of major giving funds and will most likely treat them similar to grants.

Anthony asked about differences between “Unsolicited”, “Contributions” and “Major Giving”. Both Anthony and Rolf suggested possible renaming, to better communicate types of funds and purposes of funds.

Debbie is looking to streamline chart of accounts with Linda Barkus.

Debbie asked the FC to consider the effectiveness of promotional spending.

Anthony thought strategic planning consultant should be considered. Debbie asked the FC to recommend Board consider that option.

Chris explained replacing the AP newswire with a French service, especially regarding the current/renewing contract options and costs.

The FC discussed the need for Arbitron. Chris explained that KBOO could use \ estimates based on historical data retrieved from Arbitron and postpone renewing Arbitron for FY10. He also said staff recommended postponing Arbitron for a year.

The FC will review progress with Andrew Geller during traditional mid-year review.

Debbie and Chris said that staff rescinded offer of 1.5% pay cut. However, staff agreed to an increase in prescription co-pay of medical insurance benefit and addition of a vision rider, which resulted in some savings on the budget.

The FC approved recommending the operating budget to Board.

Debbie presented FY10 auxiliary budget to the FC. The FC to review FY10 auxiliary budget in October.

She included some potential legal fees due to continuing status of lawsuit per attorney.

Chris discussed emergency status for server replacement funds, as quotes received within the same range. Explained that previous repairs made with shortcuts, but proposals included solid changes. Also, no backup to temporary server option currently in use at station.

The FC approved recommending the Board approve the funds for the server repair/replacement estimate, as well as potential legal fees.

6. July/Aug Financials (Management Report)

The FC agreed to table review and discussion of June, July, August & September financials until October, in the interest of time.

**The Finance Committee welcomed Anthony back as a Committee member.**

Summary of Recommendations to the Board for FY10

 

-       Review of staff wage structure

 

-       Payment of FY09 staff bonus at a percentage equal to the deficit percentage, which was under the budgeted deficit. Amount recommended: $10,000.

 

-       Approval of FY10 Operating Budget

 

-       Consideration of a strategic planning consultant, in conjunction with Auxiliary Budget review (pending amount on aux. budget of $20,000).

Post-meeting note: Debbie would like the FC to review potential revenue, in coordination with staff salary review.

Next Finance Committee Meeting: Tuesday, October 20th - 6 pm at Old Wives’.

 

2010 FY

The 2010 fiscal year runs from Oct 1st 2009 to Sept 30th 2010. 

* Please note that documents posted here may include drafts and other management materials that are not intended to represent a legal or final record of the corporation.

Finance Committee Minutes - October 20, 2009

Finance<?xml:namespace prefix = o />

October 20, 2009

 

Attending: Paula, Debbie, Arthur, Rolf, Mel, Steve, Bob,

Absent: Genevieve, Anthony

Visiting: Robert Barncord, Nia Lewis

 

 

1)      Check in

2)      Investment/Reinvestment: 

a)      MOTION: move $25,000 from KeyBank to qualify for 1.95% interest at Bank of the Cascades  money market account.  APPROVED by general acclaim. 

b)      Debbie will transfer funds.

c)      Key is only giving .98%   Advantis 1.8% 

3)      GiveGuide: Finance doesn’t really have to do anything.  Andrew is working to promote it and involve other groups in the station to promote it.  We got $14,000 last year, and Andrew hopes for $20,000 this year.  It’s not in the budget, but it can help us reach our budgeted membership goals.  It appears as Unsolicited membership revenue.  Andrew put together our application to Willamette Week.  Paula  will confirm that Andrew is doing on-air promotions.

4)      FY10 Auxiliary budget

a)      Arthur presented auxiliary budget draft from staff.

b)      Discussion of live remote equipment.  We have $24,000 in capital campaign money that can be spent on a limited range of hardware.  This is reflected on the budget.

c)       MOTION: Finance recommends auxiliary budget to board.  APPROVED by general claim.

5)      Year-end financials

a)      Presented by Debbie.

b)      Debbie will add a line to the chart of accounts for Winter Drive for FY10 and FY09.

c)      Arthur  will forward Project Censored KBOO fundraiser e-mail to Finance Committee.

d)      $55,000 cash deficit for last year.

e)      Debbie will post financials and minutes to web.

f)        Discussion of steps for making strategic changes at KBOO by Arthur and revisiting staff pay (increases) by Paula.  Discussion of brining Sun in for Development ideas.  Arthur will ask Sun to come to Finance with work plan and other ideas.

6)      Pacifica Financial Research Project: Mel has a new project to look at Pacifica, what works and doesn’t work for them.  Mel will recruit Finance and Development volunteers.

7)      Finance Committee Chair: Paula is current chair and board agenda will include making Paula a volunteer liason from Finance to Board.

8)      Future Meeting: Pay Structure, Alternative Wealth

Finance Committee Minutes - November 17, 2009

<?xml:namespace prefix = o /> 

Finance

November 17, 2009

 

Attending: Paula, Arthur, Rolf, Mel, Bob, Anthony, Nia

Absent: Debbie (sick), Steve (sick), Erin (sick), Genevieve,

Visiting: Sean Ongley, Sun Lee

 

 

1)      Check in.

2)      Strategic Planning.  Paula  will contact Anthony regarding coming in next month to present on strategic planning.

3)      Development update:  David Barsamian event netted $3,700.  Amy Goodman expenses will be about $1,000 and Sun has already raised more than that.  Sun has raised $5,600 in FY10.   Sun is working on the raffle.  John Nichols (The Nation) and Bob McChesney (media issues) will be doing a major donor event.  Sun is going to try The Portland Trailblazers program where we get $5 per ticket sold and the organization sets up in the concourse.  They require us to purchase $200 of tickets.  Sun is planning on Square Dance jan 30th, feb 5th or 6th.  Sun is doing a major donor training program with Jim Lewis.  Dark Horse wants to do something in April, possibly movie night at the Hollywood.  Maybe kid-friendly in afternoon and adult in evening.  They’re also discussing donated artwork to sell on e-bay.  Mambo lounge on Fridays is a monthly music jam.  Sun’s working on $1 per ticket.  Sun will discuss a monthly event idea with microbreweries.  Sun will talk to Marc about making sure all the Finance Committee members are on the e-mail list.  Bob asked if there was a major artist in town who might support KBOO.  Sun is talking with several people. 

4)      Aug/Sep/Oct minutes approved by acclaim.

5)      October Financials.  Arthur and Debbie will touch base with Justin about additional underwriting slots for bluegrass and how that’s working.  We noted that the underwriting price increase was effective since underwriting increased but advertising (no price increase) went down.  Membership is lower than last year.  Andrew hopes to make this up with GiveGuide and the letter that went out to members post-drive.  More on that next month.  Salaries increase is due primarily to moving Underwriting & Advertising commission moving from the contra income line—Debbie will footnote this in the future—and also from increasing finance salaries.  Finance is offset by decreases in professional services bookkeeping.

6)      Historical Analysis of expenses.  Debbie will prepare a report on what has been increasing with the expenses. Will include salaries and salaries that have been moved from auxiliary.

7)      TABLE  Membership Analysis.

8)      Alternative Currency:  Presented by Mel.  Can be like a barter system but it can also be an alternative method of exchange beyond barter systems.

9)      Common Good Bank.  Presented by Sean Ongley.  If this bank opens, Sean would like KBOO to accept the cards, promote to listeners and be a depositor. 

a)      How does KBOO benefit?  i. When we ran their card for people to donate to KBOO, we wouldn’t be charged a fee.  ii. The people with accounts decide where to send the profits.  They could decide to send money back to KBOO.  Don’t know how much.  All profits are sent to nonprofits.  iii. KBOO would also be compensated for signing people up. 

b)      The bank is seeking investors.  Sean gets a commission.  The minimum investment is $1,000 for shares in the company.  Investors get the average inflation rate.  Investors shouldn’t be interested in profit.  They’re supporting the bank more as a philanthropic venture.

c)      Commongoodbank.com  from Massachusetts.  There’s no local corporation; its Sean is acting as a contractor.  He’s aiming for 2011.

10)  Fiscal Sponsorships.  No.Fest: We are doing a fiscal cosponsorship again.  They aren’t doing Underwriting due to the KBOO admin fee plus underwriting commission.   Our nonprofit purpose stated to the IRS is radio broadcast.  We’ll either live broadcast or rebroadcast portions later.  However, the attorney said that if this was going to be a regular thing, we’d have to restate the purpose of our charitable activities.

11)  Finance Committee approvede request for $1,700 EAS unit and endorsed the AFP purchase as proposed by staff and passed by board.  AFP will include on-air material and website headlines.  News services will be $4,500 under budget.

12)  Next meeting is December 15th.  Mel will bring materials.

Finance Committee Minutes - December 15, 2009

 

 

Finance<?xml:namespace prefix = o />

December 15, 2009

 

Attending: Erin, Arthur, Bob, Paula, Debbie, Nia, Mel, Anthony

Absent: Steve, Rolf

Visiting: Alicia Olsen

 

 

1)      Check in.

2)      Minutes:  November minutes approved by acclaim with one change from Mel.

3)      Action Items:  October/November action items reviewed.  See “pending” below.

4)      Alternative Banking:  Discussion of Sean’s alternative banking presentation.  They don’t have a bank yet, so we’re not taking any organization at this time.

5)      Strategic Planning: 

a)      Anthony is on the board at Willamette Valley Development Officers’ Association (WVDO), a membership organization.  It’s been all volunteer, but it tripled in size.  At the end of 2008, they sent out an RFP for strategic planning.  They received about 15 responses.  They picked the Canoe Group for their consultants.  This was a brand new firm that no one on their steering committee was familiar with them.  They were the only group that really offered answers to the questions and also didn’t fit WVDO into their pre-made model.  Canoe got to know the organization before making the plan.  Marta and Michael are from nonprofit arts organizations and had a lot of consulting experience.  It was a ten-month process.  Everything was on the table, even the organization’s name.  The board was very involved; it’s primarily a board-run organization.  They surveyed internal and external stakeholders: members, similar organizations, non-member organizations to find out why they weren’t members.  It was data driven, but they also walked the organization through the process so that they could make their own strategic plan.  They worked through the emotional components of change, navigated heated conversations.  They’ve helped with implementation  They changed their board structure to make it less siloed.  They were able to understand how they benefit members, how to communicate that, what program changes to make, who else is doing this work and what are our gaps.  They work with large groups with lots of differing opinions and they do market research.  We had budgeted $100,000 for the grant application for planning and marketing.  WVDO spent about $50,000.  Anthony recommended doing decision making and organizational structure first.   Arthur discussed the need for understanding our listeners and marketing as soon as we can, but we also need clarity on staff and board roles and participation so we don’t spend the money without results.  It took about 75% of the WVDO’s board’s time over a year.  There was a concern of our organizational capacity and willingness to change but also concern about our budget deficits.  Anthony recommends having them do an initial assessment and have them propose a timeline and steps.  Discussion of not being ready for whole process now, but needing to do foundational work.  Discussion of open bidding process.  Anthony had recommended Canoe because he’s worked with other consultants.  Discussed the need for commitment, deadlines and followthrough.  We applied for  Meyer grant to do a project like this, but we didn’t d the grant.  This was board approved.  However, we still have items like marketing and strategic planning that need to be done.  Finance recommends bringing Canoe group in to speak with a group of board and staff.  Erin  will bring to December board meeting.  Arthur will let staff know Finance is working on it.  Anthony  will bring more documentation of the WVDO RFP process.

6)      November Financials:  Review of good news/bad news and financial statements.    Debbie will see how the GSB charges for the EEO report this year compared to last year.  Debbie and Anthony will revisit our banking costs.  Underwriting & Advertising commission were moved off of the contra-income line and into salaries because we weren’t getting an accurate picture of costs.  The CPA’s recommended to move it if we weren’t getting good info because it will now make reconciliations.  Debbie will do an mid-year and end-of-year analysis and presentation for Underwriting, Membership and Development.  Salaries is running under due to commissions being included and being under budget.  Premiums looks high, but it’s actually on track due to the large t-shirt purchase.  The training expense was Sun’s development training that starts in January.  We’ll see $4,300 from OCF in December.  Anthony asked if we’re getting a higher return on endowment versus bank accounts; in that case we may want to cancel distributions and take money out of the bank accounts instead; Debbie will research.  Debbie   will check with John to see if we’ve tracked all the server expenses.  Arthur is meeting with Radio Korea tomorrow.   

7)      Credit card security:  PCI-DSS compliance.  We installed the scanning program and filled out the profile, but there is a long questionnaire that we haven’t completed, so we got a notice of noncompliance.  We have to write a security policy.  Debbie and Arthur will develop a security policy and Debbie will complete the questionnaire with input from Zale.  Anthony said they’re looking to see if the data is protected, what happens to it when its finished, who has access at each step, how long do we keep data.  Anthony said it’s critical to get this done ASAP because having a problem will have serious consequences.  Debbie will talk to them on the phone again to find out the timeline.  She took the webinar a month ago.

8)      TABLE Historical expenses: Tabled to give Debbie more time to prep.

9)      TABLE Membership Analysis:  Arthur and Debbie will get from Andrew in January.

10)  Membership Dues policy:  Presented background and propose policy.  Discussion on whether $20 is too low, perception of low price diminishing value.  Arthur will ask Andrew.  How many members and new members do we get at $20, and do they upgrade over time? Would we lose new members if we increased?  Finance would like board to examine basic and low income numbers as being potentially too low after 20 years.  Finance Committee supports the policy with feedback to the board that the rates may be too low.  Passed by consensus.

11)  Policy 15-ownership and distribution:  Presented background and propose policy.  Finance committee supports policy by consensus.

12)  RACC Grant: Former volunteer Ryan White approached us about doing an opportunity grant with RACC.  This means that we wouldn’t be able to do an opportunity grant for two years, but after speaking with them, it appears highly unlikely that we would qualify during that period for an opportunity grant.  We can still do project grants.   Committee discussed that this is a good opportunity for publicity and developing relationship with RACC.  Also good for Youth Coordinator position.  More next month.

13)  Development committee: Request for development list of upcoming events.  Paula has been to two Development Committee meetings.  Development is doing a lot of activities.  Big 100 Art Sale, DJ benefit tomorrow night at the Report for $5 donation, Square Dance is Saturday, January 30th at Mt Tabor Theater.  Only cost is $100 for sound person, we may also offer square dance ticket premiums on the drive, Bob McChesney and John Nichols major-donor event on January 20th,  Blazer game April 12th—we get $5 per ticket that we sell.  We commit $200 to tickets.  If we sell 50 tickets, we can offer a special item like after-game free throws.  We also get a table near the front door.  Raffle application is being submitted.  Grand prize $2,500 vacation, second airfare to b&b in Mexico, and third prize is New Seasons gift cert--$25 tix.  A restaurant night is also being considered for a  benefit. 

14)  TABLE Alternative currency

15)  Next Finance meeting is January 19th . 

16)  Pending: Paula posting minutes and financials to web, Debbie will do historical analysis, Mel is working on a KPFA finance analysis.

AttachmentSize
Finance Committee December 2009.doc26 KB

Finance Committee Minutes - January 19, 2010

Finance Meeting – January 19th, 2010   approved February 16th, 2010

 

 

Meeting starts 6:07pm

<?xml:namespace prefix = o /> 

Present:

Arthur Davis

Rolf Semprebon

Mel Reslor

Erin Brand

Nia Lewis

Paula Small

 

Absent:

Debbie Rabidue  (sick)

Anthony Petchel

Steve Weiland

 

Visiting:

Andrew Geller

Scott Forrester

 

 

Check in

 

Note: Scott Forrester asked to audio record the meeting. With no objection, he recorded the meeting in its entirety and offered copies of the recording to anyone interested.

 

Membership AnalysisAndrew presents

 

Fall Membership Drive report created 6 months after drive; down 22% from last year but after follow-up letter, only down 10 or 11,000.

 

Arbitron figures; Metro line is the count in the Tri-County area, Total is for all areas (Gorge, Valley, etc.), on average the metro area is 93% of total, other 7% is for the other areas. The average listenership is just under 49,000.

 

Drive Performance for Weekday Evening; old schedule vs. new schedule (took place in Fall of 2008), percent of total from all pledged dollars has not changed since the change (either up or down)

 

Scott brings up that we are emphasizing higher giving amounts, and may be reflected in the data

 

Arthur believes it is positive that it has stayed relatively flat, with changes and economy

 

Paula was concerned about the impact of adding the winter drive, but is encouraged by the data

 

Analysis of $20 donors;  on average about 1.5% of all donors and 1.5% of all money donated, about a 40% renewal rate after the first year with about 40% of those people increasing their donation to $40 or more, about 27% continue renewing after the 1st and 2nd year

 

Scott asks how many gift memberships there are; Andrew believes it is 1% or less

 

Review December Meeting Minutes

Paula asks to amend the section regarding the credit card security policy to be drafted. It should read that Zale’s input be sought

 

Regarding development committee report and the squaredance event, that we will also consider making tickets to the event a “thank you gift”

 

In the same section, at the Blazer event, “we will get a table near one of the main entrances”

 

Possible restaurant night considered

 

Minutes approved

 

Update on December Action Items

 

Strategic Planning – Arthur brought it to board, still working on Ayala process, unless there is strong support and commitment from board it will be hard to pull off

 

No update on EEO GSB charges- table Debbie’s update

 

Debbie still working on credit card security item

 

Paula posting minutes and financials on web, minutes from August to November 2009 have been posted to the web

 

Mel doing Pacifica finance analysis; not an update at this time

 

Finance Department Update – tabled until next month

 

December Financial Statements Review – Arthur presents

 

Good news is bottom line; a couple of thousand ahead of budget for the quarter, membership has been over budget ($12,000), GiveGuide netted about $10,000

 

To answer Scott’s question, the Listener’s Guide will go out to by request for February and March, probably move to quarterly after that

 

Newswire service is currently $800 under budget

 

Professional services is still over budget but has slowed

 

Bad News; bankcard fees and service charges are up $1,500 from last year

 

Underwriting and advertising revenue was $5,800 under budget

 

Events and Development income is $5,400 under budget. However, it is also up $12,000 from last year YTD, so we are seeing a positive trend

 

Paula noted that there was not a full-time Development position to compare for trends. Current progress in Development department very encouraging.

 

Bottom Line revenues are exactly on budget. Expenses are slightly under budget.

 

 

Further discussion on year to date line items, balance sheet, liabilities and capital, fund balance, auxiliary, grant ledger, accounts receivable and accounts payable, job ledger

 

RACC Grant Discussion #2 – Arthur presents

 

Applied for opportunity grant because KBOO probably wouldn’t qualify for one under other scenarios.

 

The grant is for an oral history project working with Ryan White, Erin Yanke and Roosevelt High School.

 

Sean Ongley Proposal – table until February

 

A Look at the FDIC- Mel presents

 

FDIC insures approx. $5 trillion in bank accounts. ($4.8 trillion in 2009)
They had $30 billion at beg. of 2009, dropped to under $10 billion at end of year. FDIC funds reduced by $20 billion. They have $1 for every $500 insured.

Add'l note: FDIC will have update on their fund bal. at end of Feb.  Last time FDIC borrowed from the treasury was around 1991, during the S&L scandal.

 

FDIC ensures a huge amount more than they have. What’s the chance there will be a serious run on banks?

 

Looked at NCUA, and what their status is, how do they compare to the FDIC

 

FDIC has a line of credit from US Treasury for $100 billion

 



Commitments

 

 

Debbie - add yields to balance sheet

-         present development income summary (car donations, specific events, etc.)

-         check with John about server expenses

-         on ledger report, footnote that the quality grant has an additional $4,000

 

Scott has offered assistance with grant writing for tape archive project, Arthur will notify Bruce Silverman of his interest

 

Sean Ongley will be asked to attend February meeting to discuss his proposal (Paula)

 

 

 

Meeting adjourned at 8:05pm

AttachmentSize
Minutes - Jan 2010.doc34.5 KB

Finance Committee Minutes - April 20, 2010

 

Finance Committee – April 20th, 2010
(Approved May 18th, 2010)
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
In Attendence
Erin Brand
Paula Small
Debbie Rabidue
Sun Lee
Mel Reslor
Nia Lewis - late
 
Excused Absence
Anthony Petchel
Rolf Semprobon
 
Meeting started at 6:15pm
 
Check-in/intro
 
Review March Meeting Minutes
Approved
 
OCF Endowment Update (Anthony)
Tabled due to the Anthony’s absence, handout was given at March meeting.
 
Update on Draft Credit Card Security Policy (Debbie)
Policy has gone through staff, Debbie will email draft to the finance committee. It does not need to be approved by finance before going to the Board, it is less about finance and more about station operations. Andrew and Zale helped Debbie draft and Anthony Petchel looked over language.
 
Underwriting Update (Debbie)
Debbie clarified that Underwriting is run through Accounts Receivable which means that revenue is recorded after a contract is signed and according to how the billing is set up, ie: a 12 month contract may be billed each month or it may bill one time for the year. Cash receipts are recorded through Accounts Receivable and do not effect the recorded income. Justin’s commissions are based on cash collected. We have had to write some underwriting off as uncollectable debt, but it is very minimal (maybe less than a half of a percent).
 
Internal Controls Update (Mel)
Linda Barkus came in today and worked with Mel to go through some of the procedures. Mel has been in his position for a few weeks and is working to develop a check list to ensure internal controls. Mel wants to make sure that the work he is doing would translate to whoever may have the position in the future. He hopes we won’t have to work too much with the accountant, as far as the expense goes, but there are a lot of details.
 
Debbie suggested to Linda and Mel that they develop a summary report to bring to staff, finance and board if necessary. She is not sure if this summary report will be done every month, they will figure out how often it is necessary.
 
Mid-Fiscal Year Budget Review (Debbie & Committee)
Debbie would like the YTD financials approved by Finance in May to go to the Board meeting that month.
 
On the balance sheet, one of the discussions is the KeyBank Money Market account. This account had $49,000 at the end of March, it is currently at $35,000. We may need to move cash from Bank of Cascades to KeyBank until pledge drive money comes in. This is something to bring up again at the May finance meeting.
 
Liabilities are low, we don’t have much debt. What shows up as liabilities are payables at the end of a month, these are usually paid in the next week.
 
We have burned through about $50,000 in cash so far this fiscal year. We will also focus on this item in May.
 
Membership department is $20,000 over budget, about $12,000 of that is WW GiveGuide. After the Spring drive we will have a fuller picture of membership revenue. Andrew anticipates a drop in listenership based on trends on the Arbitron (December 2009 was the last time we paid for Arbitron.) There’s a good chance membership will be at or over budget.  Andrew is doing less direct mail, and picking up revenue in other areas, such as unsolicited donations.
 
Underwriting requests usually pick up in the summer months because of summer events. Debbie predicts underwriting may not reach budgeted income.
 
Under expenses, salary is over budget by $2,000, we will be saving money with the closing of the manager position, but for now we had to pay severance and vacation. Over the next 6 months we will find it going under budget.
 
We are saving about $800 a month on what we budgeted for the newswire service. Debbie has not heard from Jenka if we need a satellite feed, we will probably save quite a bit on this line item by the end of the year. Utilities are under budget. Postage and printing is under budget, due to less direct mail in Membership. Pledge premiums are over budget at this point, due to Andrew pre-ordering t-shirts, etc. It will catch up to budget by the end of the year.
 
Our premium for liability insurance went up, we had a change in brokers that reviewed and audited our insurance. The broker is going to look at all of our insurance (D&O, broadcaster’s insurance, etc.). Debbie has a goal to have all of our insurance policies renew in October so that we will be able to budget better.
 
Bankcard fees and services charges have increased quite a bit. Mel is volunteering to gather bids to compare fees and services and will review with Debbie to see what our best option is.
 
Sun asks what ‘Dues’ line item means. Debbie explains that they are things like Sesac, BMI, and other licensing dues.
 
For the first six months, on a cash basis (not our endowment, or depreciation) we have a $37,000 deficit. We budgeted  a deficit of $70,000 for the year, mostly based on legal expenses.
 
Debbie and Sun worked on Development report, for the first six months the net development income is $8,300, for events the net is $6,200. Combined department income of $17,500, with expenses at $3,000, for a net of $14,500, we are double where we were at for FY2009, in the first six months of this year. Raffle still to come.
 
Auxiliary budget will be reviewed by staff in more depth. The server budget may have been over estimated, Debbie has been in contact with John about this.
 
The Forrester lawsuit is probably going to end up with about $40,000 in expenses. Debbie needs to get bills for the time of the summary judgment and trial preparation, she will have Chris contact Scott Pratt.
 
Debbie will email January and February financials and will do a write-up about it.
 
Debbie will get Andrew, Sun and Justin to give feedback on mid-year budget and projections for their departments. They may come up with some recommendations, for instance Dan and Justin working on advertising on the web, Board working more on development promotion to increase development/events income.
 
Debbie will work with Sun and Andrew to clarify printing and mailing costs for monthly flier and quarterly publication to make a more accurate budget projection for these line items.
 
The handout Debbie prepared projects an $18,000 deficit on the Operating Budget, with a projection of spending $49,000 off of Auxiliary that was budgeted at $70,000 (legal expenses will not be as high as predicted). We budgeted for a deficit of $79,000 and projecting a deficit of $66,000.
 
 
Between this meeting and May finance meeting the mid-year controllership will happen in the finance department. The CPA will provide a written report after the controllership is completed.
 
 
Meeting Ends at 8:50pm
 
May’s Meeting Date: Tuesday, May 18th at KBOO
 
 
 
 
Addendum Provided by Debbie Rabidue
 
February Finance Minutes: Update on Debbie commitments
 
Development Department Update(Sun)    DONE
 
Sun asked for clarification about the expenses regarding the Amy Goodman event last November. Debbie will look into this discrepancy, line 35 of development spreadsheet. Debbie also needs to reissue the development income report and send to finance.
 
Update on January Action Items
 
Debbie has not checked with John about server expenses….but will! DONE (The expense was/is correct. John says we will see a consulting bill when the server is done)
Debbie will footnote regarding $4,000 on Pittman Grant.   DONE
Debbie will present the historical income and expense analysis report for the March meeting    reschedule to May meeting
 
Finance Department Update(Debbie)
 
Debbie will talk with Bruce Silverman about getting a locked box for bank statements to be put in. DONE in February
 
January Financial Statements Review(Debbie)
Debbie will look at monthly trends in underwriting over the last year. This will included as part of the historical income/expense report in May
 
 
March Finance Minutes: Update on Debbie commitments
( I had no commitments, just the clarification that was part of the April minutes regarding Underwriting revenue)
 
“There can be a wide monthly variability based on getting timely response from underwriters. Justin’s unofficial goal is $1,000 a week. There have been issues with collection in the past, Justin’s numbers are based on contracts that are signed, not accounts receivable.
 
Jim asked what the outstanding number is for accounts receivable, Justin estimates it’s about a few thousand. Justin feels that if all accounts were paid and online advertising were up and running that we would be ahead of budget.”
 
(Clarified that collecting Accounts Receivable does not effect the recorded income) Therefore, collecting past due accounts, would not put Underwriting on budget.

Finance Committee Minutes - August 17, 2010

 

Finance Committee Meeting Minutes – August 17th, 2010
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
In Attendence
Mel Reslor
Sun Lee and Azure
Bob Crow
Rolk Semprebon
Erin Brand
Paula Small
Debbie Rabidue
Louis Sowa
Kurt Lauer
 
Meeting starts at 6:20pm
 
Check-in/intro
 
Review July Meeting Minutes
 Approved July minutes.
 
Update on Strategic Planning
The strategic planning work group had a conference call with PARC today. They were the group that the workgroup selected after receiving request for proposals. Their conference call today was regarding budget. PARC’s budget is below $20,000. This item will now go to the board.
 
June Financial Statements Review
Membership revenue is still slightly over budget in June, same as May. July will be interesting, Andrew did a direct mail in July and it seems to be successful.
 
Development income is behind the aggressive budget we set. $20,000 of the $33,000 we are behind in revenue is development under budget. Events are behind, as well. We will still come out netting higher than last year. Underwriting remains about $9,000 behind budget.  
 
Our total expenses are about $15,000 below budget. 
 
Insurance is over budget, D & O rate increased as did workmen’s comp. Engineering equipment purchases are up, we needed to update emergency remote notification from transmitter (approx. $6,000). Professional services are up, billed $4,800 on investigation into harassment claim. Bank card fees are over budget. Volunteer and development expenses are under budget.
 
We budgeted a deficit of $79,000 for FY10, at the end of June we are running a deficit of about $24,000. The actual deficit on YTD is $55,247, $24,000 is only for the month of June.
 
 
 
 
Additional Note - At the beginning of August, we moved $80,000 from BOTC money market account to our KeyBank money market to cover our operating expenses.
 
July Financial Statements Review 
Tabled until next finance meeting.
 
Updated FY 2011 Operating/Auxiliary Budget Recommendations to Board Discussion
Revenues:
Membership revenue – Andrew wants to budget $525,000, $25,000 less than FY10 budget. Staff has reached agreement on this figure.
 
Development revenue – Sun wants to have a $25,000 budget, staff agrees. This is a more realistic figure than the $50,000 from last year.
 
Underwriting – Justin feels a slow down and wants to drop his budget to $55,000 for FY11
 
Events and co-sponsorships – $20,000, $500 more than FY10. Book and Record sale is a drop from $8,000 FY10, to $6,000 FY11.
 
We are looking at a decrease of $63,000 in overall revenue from FY10($726,000) to FY11 ($662,000).
 
Side note: We need to overhaul our chart of accounts to simplify monthly reports. It would still be possible to pull up more detailed reports because of the coding in the accounting software.
 
Debbie will see what grants we received in ’06 and ’07 that made our revenues increase.
 
Debbie is going to check with Anthony Petchel to get his opinion on budgeting for bank interest.
 
Debbie will update the FY10 projected budget.
 
Sun will ask Andrew why he wants to decrease the EFT revenue from FY10 to FY11. Sun will go over each line item of membership revenue and report back to finance.
 
Expenses:
Salaries and Payroll Taxes - $42,000 for station manager position remains in place to provide a salary cushion. Erin Y. is working on an internal staff survey to gauge staffing levels.
 
Health Benefits – At a 15% increase from last year, once Debbie gets the rates from Kaiser whe will be able to adjust this accurately
 
Professional Services – Finance committee recommends increasing the legal fees line item to $10,000 (our deductible on D&O insurance)
 
Utilities – projected 5% increase to $29,400
 
Insurance – an increase due to D&O and industry percentage increase of 3-5%
 
Newswire Service – FY11 budget of $6,000 reflects that savings we have had in FY10.
 
Training – Nothing in the budget so far with no concrete proposals. John is interested in an HD2/HD3 training, about $1,500. Ani wants to look into some volunteer training for conflict resolution. If the staff goes to collective management structure, training would be needed. Staff wants to tie the training for collective management into the strategic planning proposal.
 
Bankcard fees and Bank Service Fees – The preliminary budget was based on our spending at KeyBank. This item would change if the finance recommendation of using SwipeNow is implemented. If we do nothing, it would stay at this figure. We would also save money on our bank service fees if we switch to BOTC.
 
Development Expenses – Sun may increase this line item from $5,000 to $6,500 to $7,000. He is looking at promotional items that would not be premiums, but more of an outreach opportunity, such as designing a t-shirt, hat, poster, etc. Right now the development expenses is budgeted at 20% of development revenue, this could increase to 25 0r 30%.  Sun is going to research how much something like this would cost.
 
FY2011 looking at a $71,000 deficit on the operating budget.
 
Debbie proposes a budget retreat between a mixture of board and staff. Erin will bring this to the board meeting and ask when a good date for board, staff and finance members can have a budget retreat in the next three weeks.
 
Bank Accounts and Debit/Credit Card Provider Comparison Update
 Merchant Cards- Mel checked references for a few of the providers. FFUSA and SwipeNow both have good references. Month to month and a multi-year agreement are options for SwipeNow.
 
Bob and Rolf both support the idea of starting with SwipeNow on a month to month, if we like it, we can sign a multi-year agreement and lock in certain rates.
 
Debbie says we would need to bring Roger Leigh in if we switch services so that the web services are coordinated. 
 
Erin asks if we sign up with one of these merchants, can we then do monthly deductions from credit cards? Debbie says no, the rate for a monthly deduction is regulated by Visa, MasterCard, American Express, not by these vendors.
 
Debbie wants two questions answered before signing up with a new card merchant.
1)      Integration with website software, is it something Roger could do?
2)      Look at the way they deposit into our bank account, does it get batched or does it trickle in? It’s hard to reconcile if it is split up.
 
Mel suggests the finance committee pick top three for merchants and upon further questioning we will make a decision. Finance committee votes for merchant options in this order:
#1 choice – SwipeNow
#2 choice – Bank of the Cascades (BOTC), Is there a month to month option, or only a 3-year agreement
#3 choice - KeyBank
 
Mel will set up an appointment with SwipeNow. Debbie and Mel will meet with them. Debbie will contact Roger Leigh and see what questions he would have for SwipeNow.
 
Sun notes that the next pledge drive starts October 1st so we need to have something in place by then.
 
Bank Checking Account – Our banking fees are more expensive because we process EFT’s, but we generate over $19,000 a month and it keeps growing.
 
Sun asks why we wouldn’t want to change to BOTC. Debbie says location is an issue, not as close as KeyBank, but they have a courier service that is free. They also have an electronic deposit option.
 
The other issue to look at further is that we have a $50,000 line of credit at KeyBank, which we wouldn’t have at a new bank. Debbie and Mel point out that $50,000 only covers 3 weeks of operating costs, so it may not be much of an issue. The banking industry is no longer doing business lines of credit. Rolf asks if the BOTC will overdraft sweep from checking to money market?
 
Finance committee discusses how it would be better to switch to a local bank. Debbie wants good customer service and ease of banking. Debbie would prefer all of our deposits go into one account, now they go into two.
 
Debbie estimates we could save up to $2,000 a year if we change banking and merchant services, as long as they work with KBOO.
 
Finance committee chooses the following options for bank checking account
#1 choice – BOTC
#2 choice KeyBank
 
Debbie will contact BOTC about an automatic sweep.
 
July Action Items/Commitments Update
 Debbie got an invoice from John about the server, but hasn’t opened the email yet.
 
Sun reports that staff has discussed budgeting for a manager as a “just in case”, though staff is not leaning towards having a manager, but using that money to increase other staff hours.
 
Paula reports that Albina Banks ACH fees were not competitive. They did have good customer service.
 
 
Further Update re: Pacifica Project
 
Paula is working with Pacifica to get more data from their last fiscal year. She has been talking to KPFA and learning about their drives and fundraising. Their staffing is changing and still have no station manager at four of their five stations.
 
Paula wants to create a spreadsheet for comparisons. She wanted more complete information on their staff salaries and budget. KPFA gets CPB funding of $30,000 a month.
 
Mel will provide numbers about KPFK for the minutes. KPFK is starting a one week drive today that has a goal of $250,000. Their June drive was a month long and had a goal of $900,000 and they made $700,000. Their fulfillment rate tops out at 80%, ours is around 90%.
 
KPFK has 33 staff, mostly full-time. Their annual budget is over $3million. Pacifica is commercial and underwriting free.
 
Meeting ends at 9:36pm
September Finance Meeting: Tuesday, September 21st

Finance Committee Minutes - February 16, 2010

 

Finance Meeting – February 16, 2010
(Approved March 16th, 2010)
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
In Attendence
Rolf Sembrobon
Erin Brand
Arthur Davis
Debbie Rabidue
Mel Reslor
Paula Small
Jenka Soderberg
Sun Lee
Bob Crow
Nia Lewis
 
Excused Absence
Anthony Petchel
 
Meeting begins 6:10
 
Check-In
 
Employee pay reduction proposal (Jenka)
For personal reasons, Jenka asks the finance committee to recommend reducing her salary to $28,500 a year.
 
Paula is concerned that Jenka would be working full-time and not getting full compensation.
 
Erin wants to make sure that Jenka retains her seniority with regards to the pay structure and ensure her eligibility for step increases at the time she is able to collect full compensation.
 
Paula recommends Jenka notify personnel committee about this request.
 
Arthur suggests granting a temporary reduction until Jenka gets back with further information.
 
Finance committee agrees to recommend granting a temporary pay reduction for Jenka. Consensus was reached.
 
Erin will draft motion to bring to the Board meeting on Monday, draft will be sent to finance and Jenka for feedback.
 
 
Discussion on KBOO Board News re: Station Manager Position (Arthur)
 
Arthur’s last day will be tomorrow. He has been layed-off and the position will not be filled. See attached statement from KBOO Board regarding the resolution on this issue.
 
Debbie feels this is a great loss for KBOO. Debbie has appreciated his mentorship.
 
FC Statement re: KBOO Board News re: Station Manager Position (Paula)
 
Paula would like to issue a statement from the Finance Committee clarifying the committee’s role in the resolution regarding Arthur’s lay-off and that the Finance Committee was not consulted on this matter.
 
Paula will include this statement along with the posting of the Board statement and Finance minutes.
 
Discussion re: Treasurer Responsibilities & Advisory Role of Finance Committee (Erin)
At the last Board meeting the Board approved a policy regarding board committee liaison roles and duties. Erin is going to try and get in the habit of better reporting between board and finance, including sending out an email after board meetings with information that is pertinent to finance committee. Erin will take meeting minutes, send draft minutes to committee members, update approved minutes and post minutes. Paula is able to post minutes on the website. Erin is open to additional suggestions about what committee members would like the treasurer/board liaison to be responsible for.
 
Development Department Update (Sun)
 
Sun asked for clarification about the expenses regarding the Amy Goodman event last November. Debbie will look into this discrepancy, line 35 of development spreadsheet. Debbie also needs to reissue the development income report and send to finance.
 
Sun explains how the budgeting was done for events income. The raffle application has been submitted. Blazers night is March 31st. Dine out for KBOO Night will be Wednesday, March 24th, participating restaurants for this month will be in the surrounding Burnside area. In the future Development would like to plan these restaurant nights in different neighborhoods each time.
 
Sun is training with Jim Lewis to develop different giving levels. For example, a $250 to $499 level, $500 to $999, etc. He will be working with volunteers to decide what kind of benefits each level of donation would receive; recognition and access are what to keep in mind when deciding incentives.
 
Jim Lewis is a national fundraising consultant that is based in Portland and has worked with many public and community radio stations. He was part of the NFCB station assessment a few years ago.
 
Arthur stated that the development income goals are very ambitious, Sun is doing a great job trying to meet these goals. Arthur also highlights the successful promotions that have gone into the development events.
 
Bob sought clarification on development income being divided between ‘events’ and ‘development income’. He also stated that events and programs in this first year can be built upon and anticipated in subsequent years, which will also indicate a successful development position.
 
Debbie is seeing positive movement in Development and says we should all be excited about it.
 
Review January Meeting Minutes
 
Paula and Mel will send Erin minor changes; upon update the minutes will be approved. Debbie was absent from the last meeting and abstained from approval.
 
Update on January Action Items
 
Paula checked with Sean Ongley about his proposal but it has changed and he will come back once his plans have been revised.
 
Arthur informed Bruce Silverman of Scott Forrester’s interest in helping with a grant writing project.
 
Debbie added yields to the data sheet.
 
Debbie has not checked with John about server expenses….but will!
 
Debbie will footnote regarding $4,000 on Pittman Grant.
 
Debbie will present the historical income and expense analysis report for the March meeting.
 
 
Strategic Planning Update (Arthur)
 
A group of staff and board met with members of the Canoe Group to discuss different options regarding strategic planning. They discussed the possibility of conducting a workshop to educate board and staff about what strategic planning is.
 
The Canoe group put together a proposal about next steps if we wanted to move forward with a workshop. Their proposal for a pre-planning piece and a training element comes to $2,800. They didn’t see KBOO ready for a start to finish project so it would be a step by step process. Canoe group suggests starting the components of this proposal in March.
 
Erin would support this proposal if there is a resounding yes from staff, board and committees. If not, this is not the best way to use our money.
 
Paula asked who would be picking a pre-planning group. Arthur responded that the board would pick members of this group and that the board is the driver of strategic planning, the staff would implement it.
 
Arthur recommends that we do this first step, there could be benefit in having common language and frame of reference for the future.
 
Bob recommends that a pre-planning group lean toward being composed with more staff than board. Bob says this preliminary workshop sounds good because of the cost of the initial proposal and that it can be a real motivator, without being fully committed.
 
Debbie says it is good that after an initial workshop we would have the option of exploring other consultants. Debbie supports the idea of planning for future stability.
 
Paula wants to know where the money would come from. Arthur says it would come from the fund balance and be a one-time expense on the auxiliary budget.
 
The Finance Committee recommends moving forward with accepting this proposal and spending an estimated $3,000 to do the preliminary planning and workshop with board and staff. This support will be communicated to board and staff.
 
Board Note (Paula)
 
For an update on the status of a listener’s guide, Paula suggested people go to board. The March guide will be the last in its present form. Erin stated that the board approved the budget for the guide, but staff would be the appropriate people to ask about the future of the guide. Debbie and/or Sun will take this information about communication to the staff meeting on Tuesday.
 
Finance Department Update (Debbie)
 
Debbie proposes that in the absence of a station manager, Mel Reslor work 5 hours a week to verify the cash activity for internal control. In this position Mel would also take on the job of receiving banking and any other financial statements to do the front end work of reconciliation. This would be through the end of the fiscal year to give the board and staff time to figure out the management structure at the station. Debbie also requests $500 to make a proposal to Wilken and Company to train Mel in doing this work. Mel will come back to finance with an update about how effective this position is within a two months of his start date. Personnel committee will be asked to come up with a title for this position and a job description. Finance committee approves and will recommend this proposal to the Board.
 
Debbie would like Mel to start on March 1st. Debbie will come up with tasks for the interim hire to present at the board meeting on Monday. She will work with Linda from Wilken and Co. to come up with job duties.
Arthur quotes policy #53 on hiring practices regarding temporary and interim employees to support Chris appointing Mel, instead of opening a hiring practice at this time, especially in light of this position possibly changing throughout the year.
 
Mel would need to report to Chris, it is inappropriate for him to report to Debbie, though he will work with her.
 
The staff recommended that if the finance committee and board approve this idea, to notify the personnel committee of any changes. If approved, Chris as acting Station manager could appoint Mel as an interim hire.
 
Debbie will talk with Bruce Silverman about getting a locked box for bank statements to be put in.
 
January Financial Statements Review (Debbie)
 
All Committee members need to review the January financials and get back to the committee with any questions and comments. Debbie recommends focusing on line 15 on page 5, which is the winter pledge drive income.
 
Good news. Membership is over budget by $9,600, even without the GiveGuide added to totals. Newswire under budget.
 
Bad news. Underwriting and advertising is under budget, Arthur recommends checking in with staff about this. Paula notes that advertising revenue is still being brought in by the program guide.
 
Finance asks that we get an update from staff about the status of Underwriting. Paula will contact Chris and/or Justin in this regard.  Debbie will look at monthly trends in underwriting over the last year.
 
Paula will ask Andrew to forward his regular monthly membership report to the finance committee.
 
KBOO Wins RACC Grant (Arthur)
 
Ryan, Arthur and Debbie will be meeting so Debbie can get a better understanding of the grant. Ryan and Erin Yanke will be working with Roosevelt High School to do an oral history project.
 
Sun will oversee grant projects, including this one, from now on. Exception being NTIA grants which Chris will manage.
 
Meeting Ends at 9:08pm
 
 
Attachment regarding the Station Manager Position
Arthur Davis and Station Manager Position
 
At the January 25th KBOO Board meeting, the Board of Directors accepted the recommendation from Arthur to lay him off. This was done in order to affect budgetary savings which will decrease the deficit, and in light of the unsustainable nature of the station manager position in its current form. This was a very difficult decision to come to. Arthur has provided valuable guidance and insight to the Board, and in collaboration with the KBOO community has accomplished a great deal.
 
Though Arthur’s service at KBOO precedes his time as station manager, his three-and-a-half plus years in the position have brought positive changes with tangible results. Arthur’s priorities during his tenure have been to improve behavioral expectations and conflict resolution; as seen by the adoption of the KBOO House Rules and subsequent trainings related to this matter. He has also worked with the programming committee to enhance program quality and scheduling, reconfigured Finance to bring about a more simplified and efficient department, and worked with Sun to create a viable and productive Development Department as an additional stream of revenue and public relations for the station.
 
Arthur’s final date of employment is yet to be set, but will occur sometime in mid-February. No decision has yet been made about station management in the interim. We will be working with Arthur and the staff over the next few weeks to further a transition that is effective and congenial; there are a lot of bases to cover.
 
A permanent replacement for Arthur will not be sought at this time. We are approaching this situation as an opportunity to evaluate KBOO’s annual operating expenses, organizational structure, decision-making process and the culture at the station that, at times, can be very challenging. We see this as a chance for everyone at KBOO to commit to deep reflection, not only to identify our shortcomings and areas for improvement, but also to reaffirm the inspiring and empowering mission at KBOO and set common goals for the future.
 
We hope that after he leaves as station manager, Arthur will return to the radio station volunteering in the areas of strategic planning, fundraising, and finance. We truly wish him all the best in whatever life brings, and thank him for his long years of service to the station.
 
KBOO Board of Director’s – January 27th, 2010

Finance Committee Minutes - July 20, 2010

 

Finance Committee Meeting Minutes – July 20th, 2010
(Approved August 17th, 2010)
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
In Attendence
Debbie Rabidue
Paula Small
Erin Brand
Sun Lee
Rolf Semprebon
Kurt Lauer
Bob Crow
 
Excused Absence
Jenna Goldin
Mel Reslor
Nia Lewis
Meeting started at 6:20pm
Check-in/intro
 Review June Meeting Minutes 
Finance approves June meeting minutes.
May Financial Statements Review
 Debbie did not do a summary this month, she wants to combine a May/June summary and email it out.
Balance sheet – Money market interest at Advantis and Bank of the Cascades has remained constant. KeyBank interest has dropped once again. We need to keep $200,000 as an operating reserve, which is in the Advantis money market. When funds are low in the operating account we will transfer money from money market to operating for payroll, until EFT’s and credit cards are deposited.
Deferred revenue that is now under Liabilities and Capital will be moved into Income line once Debbie has confirmed with John that live remote equipment is all purchased. The restricted funds from capital campaign (deferred revenue) will be moved into Development income line item.
Our cash reserves at the end of May this fiscal year ($446,007) is about $140,000 less than last fiscal year at the end of May ($599,009). This is due to spending the cash down, ie. deficit. Our cash deficit at the end of less fiscal year was about $107,000. We are burning less cash this fiscal year than what we budgeted. We have $422,029 in cash, but $200,000 is emergency operating reserve.
Income Statement – Membership is still over budget, right now it is $1,200 over budget. Unsolicited income is way over budget (+$18,000) due in large part to the Willamette Week GiveGuide $11,875. Direct Mail income will increase in July, Andrew has sent out a summer letter.
Kurt had a question about the history of Development revenue. Debbie explains that we budgeted $50,000 as income because we looked at how much Sun raised at half-time on the capital campaign (about $25,000).
Underwriting is under budget but virtually the same income as this time last fiscal year. Summer months tend to see more active underwriting.
Our total revenues are $33,000 less than budgetd.
Expense Statement – Under Salaries, it is $22,000 over last year because Underwriting commissions have been added to this line item, it used to be reported as contra-income in the income statement.
Newswire service continues to be way under budget, almost $6,300. We did not have to get the satellite feed, the internet service works. Debbie spoke with Jenka before she left and was assured that we will be able to budget for much less next year.
Bankcard fees remain to over budget. Finance department still actively working on our options for this.
Auxiliary Budget – Debbie says there won’t be much more spent in Aux. Debbie needs to check in with John about spending on the server, there’s still about $4,900 left to spend.
 
June Financial Statements Review
 June and July will be reviewed together in August.
Updated FY 2011 Budget Recommendations to Board Discussion
Debbie hands out FY 2011 Staff Budget worksheet. This budget will be staff driven, not management driven so they will need to be much more involved on the fine details.
Debbie will have a working copy of worksheet for staff and finance. She will create budget proposal highlights for board to review.
Andrew is still working on membership revenue budget for FY11. Sun’s preliminary Development budget is $25,000, Events at $20,000. Question on where to put income from tiered giving program, development or membership? Finance will revisit income reporting of tiered giving in the next few months.
Debbie worked with Justin on FY 11 underwriting budget of $55,000. When we get to the point of web advertising, the line item of “program guide ads” will be changed to “program guide/web advertising”. Staff was in consensus that $55,000 for underwriting is good.
Health benefits will be budgeted for an increase of 15% to $60,590.
Board will need to look at what may need to be budgeted for Professional Services.
Operating Income budget : Preliminary $687,400 (decrease of $38,650 from FY10)
Operating Expense budget: Preliminary $689,449 (decrease of $46,150 from FY 10)
Staff needs to discuss a recommendation to the Board about Mel, Zale and Erin’s temporary hours, and whether or not to fund those hours in FY11. Staff has not made a decision about funding a station manager position. Debbie and Sun will get clarification on staff recommendations about budgeting for management.
Finance committee requests the staff make a recommendation about how they want to budget for management duties. Finance recommends keeping money in the budget for a management position, whether or not it is for an individual position or dispersed amongst multiple staff (such as Mel, Zale and Erin Y.)
 
Debit/Credit Card Provider Comparison Update
Paula is still waiting for information from Albina Bank, wants to get their rates on ACH transactions.
Tabled full discussion until August.
 June Action Items/Commitments Update
 Further Update re: Pacifica Project (tabled until August meeting)
Meeting Ended at 8:45pm
Next Finance Committee Meeting is August 17th, 6pm at KBOO

Finance Committee Minutes - June 22, 2010

 

Finance Committee Meeting Minutes – June 22nd, 2010
(Approved July 20th, 2010)
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
In Attendence
Paula Small
Sun Lee
Erin Brand
Andrew Geller
Jenna Goldin
Bob Crow
Mel Reslor
Rolf Semprebon
 
Excused Absence
Nia Lewis
Debbie Rabidue
Steve Weiland
Anthony Petchel
Check-in/intro 
Steve Weiland is going to take a leave of absence from being on the committee. Thanks for your past committee work, Steve!
Review May Meeting Minutes
Finance approves May meeting minutes.
 April Financial Statements Review
Financial Summary for April 2010
(Revised 6/28/10)
 
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • Liquid cash balance is $410,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • Endowment has increased by $35,000 from 1 year ago
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income is on budget. 
  • Events and Development income is $19,000 under budget. However, it is also up $12,000 from last fiscal YTD, so we continue to see a positive trend.[1] 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is $10,000 under budget[2], but is only $2,600 down from this time last year. The summer months usually bring in more underwriting. 
  • SCA Contract income is below budget due to renegotiating the FM Korea at a 35% discount.
  • Interest income is declining due to the bank yield % decreasing each month.
 
   Expenses
  • Employee expenses  will begin to decrease monthly with a savings of $2,000 a month.
  • Newswire service is currently running $800 per month under budget with using AFP3. We expect to add a local use agreement this fiscal year.
  • Printing and Postage is currently under budget by $8,300, but will begin to be used when the Listener Guide’s replacement promotion starts this summer.
  • Premiums is currently over budget from T-shirt purchases, but will meet budget at FYE.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges are up $2,300 from last year.
  • Dues is currently over budget, but will meet budget at FYE.
 
 
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are under budget by $32,000, and down by only $14,000 from last year. Expenses are over budget by $4,000, but less than last year by $900. We currently have an operating deficit of $22,000, largly due to unexpected legal expenses and no Spring Sweeps that we budgeted $16,000 for.
 
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending adds $47,000 to the deficit, bringing the net to a $69,000 deficit for management purposes, fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending was $28,000 on the lawsuit, $6,000 on the server and $11,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs. 
 
Note: We budgeted for a $79,000 deficit and at mid year (3/31/10) we had a deficit of $37,000. Spring Drive funds will show on May’s management report. We met the pledge goal, so we should see a major change on the YTD deficit.
 
 
May Financial Statements Review
 Tabled until July meeting, Debbie will present.
FY 2011 Budget Recommendations to Board Discussion 
Chris Merrick provided a statement to finance with some items that he thought we should consider.
Here are a couple more items for future consideration, both for the rest of FY-2010, and beyond:
 
1) Additional Pendleton FM expenses.  Debbie says they already owe KBOO $1,900, and they have done no fundraising yet.  We are inviting the Pendleton group to the June board meeting where we may work out a three-year timeline on what each group needs to do (technical, fundraising, studios, legal, etc). The Pendleton station is supposed to be on the air by February, 2013.
 
 
2) Sue Ryan legal fees. (Attorney) handling the December harassment complaint, we just got her first bill for $3,700.  I do not know how much more work she has to do to finish, but we hope to have her final report for the May 24 board meeting and finish this investigation.
 
 
3) HD2 and HD3.   We had a meeting with a member of a Russian business who proposes leasing one of our HD channels.  HD2 and 3 are digital sidebands that require a special radio receiver. They are the equivalent, however, of two FM radio frequencies.  John Mackey estimates $37,000 in hardware and engineering expenses for KBOO to set up these two sidebands.  The client "suggests" that he would front us this money, and $4,000/month in rent. (His business would sell advertising, which is allowable).  If this is a legitimate business proposition, the board will look at it next week.  However, if this doesn't pan out, we should certainly research what the value of these two digital sidebands are.  We could rent them both out for going rates ($4,000/month?), give them away for free (such as Radio Bilingue for a Spanish channel), or create a second KBOO radio station of all music or all public affairs, etc.  (By the way, this is not internet streaming, this is FM broadcasting).
 
 
4) Moving the $200,000 reserves to a socially-conscious mutual fund(s).  If the money market rate is now 1% or less, why not consider investing this money elsewhere?  It could go into the same funds as the endowment, or we could simply pick our own funds.  Policy #25 (operating reserves) states that the board "shall place [such reserves] in a separate interest-bearing, board-designated account or instrument (to be used only for emergencies).
 
5) Increase in insurance.  We are waiting to hear back from Bliss-Sequoia and Great American Insurance about our new rates for several KBOO policies (liability, D & O coverage, libel, etc).  We have reported four potential liability claims that could cause rates to go up. 
    - Papadopoulos and Forrester lawsuit (now moot, as they dropped the suit and we are no longer liable)
    - Papadopoulos second legal threat about not being reinstated on the board in February (nice guy isn't he?)
    - Nia Lewis may have a claim for harassment if she is not satisfied with the outcome of the Sue Ryan investigation
    - Arthur Davis has until February, 2012, to file a claim for "hostile workplace" leading to his request for a layoff.
 
Also, Arthur filed for unemployment with Oregon, granted, and Marc de Giere just filed as well (under review by OED).  This may lead to increase in unemployment insurance premiums as well.
 
 
Andrew has been tracking listenership and membership. We are not buying Arbitron data for this FY and that may or may not be a mistake. Andrew suspects that the program changes may not have done anything to increase listeners. He is preparing himself to possibly cut the revenue for the next budget year by $100,000 and has told staff that there may be a need to cut $75,000-$100,000.
Bob had questions about Arbitron and how they gather information. Discussion followed on people meters and how they track what people hear, rather than what people have tuned into.
Andrew presented a few graphs that he has been creating. The membership is holding very steady, it is the listenership that is worrying. The downward trend of listenership in the last two years, leads him to predict that we will shed members soon. There is a 10-year average of membership being about 10% of listenership.
Bob wondered if we have tracked what shows or times generate the most EFT donations. Andrew has done a draft of this kind of report, at this point it seems like the shows with the highest amount of donations have higher amounts of EFT donations (more phone calls, heavier listenership).
Andrew says that Programming staff is going to present a report on the programming changes at an upcoming staff meeting. Finance would like to see whatever information might be relevant to the budgeting process and see if Chris is available for questions.
Debit/Credit Card Provider Comparison  
Mel did research and created a report to see if we want to change merchants for our credit cards and try and reduce our bank fees. SwipeNow is a considerably cheaper option than the others.
Bob wondered where our bank fees went up. Mel answered that is in our checking account fees.
Comparing Bank of the Cascades, Keybank and Advantis Credit Union for our checking account. Advantis has a very high ACH per item fee. Andrew says we have 1,800 ACH transactions a month. Paula and others suggest trying to negotiate different fees depending on the number of transactions we have.
Andrew would like to see us approach Advantis and tell them that our sticking point is the ACH per item fee. Finance recommends Mel approach Advantis to try and negotiate ACH fee. He’s already asked twice so we’ll see what happens.
Finance asks Mel to do more background checks on SwipeNow and confirm terms of what a contract with them would be. Mel will ask SwipeNow and TMC if they can handle ACH.
Andrew will post something on NFCB to see what other stations do about ACH transactions, whether they use a bank or a third-party vendor. Andrew also will call OPB about who they use for a banking merchant.
Mel will do more checking account research at Albina and Unitus. Rolf will check at Oregonian. Paula is checking at Rivermark.
Update re: Pacifica Project
Mel and Paula will give a full report next month. An attachment will be provided next month.
 May Action Items/Commitments Update
Paula presents Debbie’s Finance Update
Finance Department update – Debbie Rabidue, Finance Coordinator (June 18, 2010)
1.       PCI DSS (Credit Card storage compliance). The Board has approved the Security Policy for Credit Card Processing in May. Erin Brand has electronically signed the company profile questionnaire for PCI through Elavon.
 
Final step is to download the Trustkeeper security certificate which can be added to the donor payment page on the website. I will work with Dan to get this done.
 
2.       Paychex and 401(k). The Board has passed a resolution removing Arthur Davis and electing Chris Merrick as Trustee/Administrator for the KBOO 401(k) retirement plan. Becky, Chris and Arthur have notarized all the Paychex/I.R.S. required paperwork with a guaranteed signature. These have been mailed to Paychex.
 
Final step is for me and Chris to proof read the 401(k) Amended Plan Adoption Agreement. Chris will sign it and I will mail out the paperwork to Paychex.
 
  1. Filing form 5500-SF for the 401(k) plan year 2009, this is due in August. I have verified the form 5500-SF from Paychex to be correct. The form is required to be filed electronically. Arthur was required to electronically authorize the form as Trustee for the 2009 plan year. I worked with Paychex retirement and Arthur. I was able to set up the electronic file with Arthur as Trustee for 2009. Arthur reviewed the 5500-SF with me and emailed me an approval to use his electronic signature to file. I have successfully filed the form electronically with the DOL. 
 
The account for electronic filing will be changed to: Remove Arthur and add Chris as Trustee for the 2010 filing.
 
4.      The research project on banking and credit card processing is nearing an end. Mel Reslor has been key in donating his time to gather data to see if we can find a way to save money. 
 
Mel will have a report for Finance to review next week. I will update the staff on what the Finance Committee recommends.
 
  1. Upcoming event: I will be meeting with Mark Eklund, CPA within the next 2 weeks to finalize my year end work and he will finish the annual audit and file the corporate tax returns for last fiscal year. I will update everyone after this process is complete. 
 
Copies of the Audited Financials and tax returns will be made for each Board member. Audited financials will be emailed to the staff and the Finance Committee. 
 
Becky will need to sign the tax returns for Mark. Chris may need to sign new bank account audit forms for Mark. Mark had gotten Arthur’s signature last September, but may need to re-submit the audit request to 1 or more banks. I will get an status update from Mark.
 
  1. Upcoming event: FY 2011 budgeting process will begin with the staff in July. I will be asking the Finance Committee for input and recommendations for the staff at the June 22nd committee meeting. The staff will work on the budget proposal in July and I will update the Finance Committee at the July meeting. I will work with Erin B., if needed, on a Board report (update) on the FY11 budget for the July BOD meeting. I plan on attending the Board meeting in July in order to get Board feedback and answer questions and accept finance tasks if needed.
 
 
Next Finance Meeting – July 20th, 6pm at KBOO

[1] Development & Event Income is $19,667 and the Development & Event Expenses are $3,238, with a net of $16,429 FYTD.
[2] This includes $2,900 in unexpected Guide Advertising. We budgeted for the Guide to quit publishing as of October, but we will not make any changes until February. 
3 Newswire is currently $5,500 under budget and may end up $9,000 under budget for the year.

Finance Committee Minutes - March 16, 2010

 

Finance Committee – March 16th, 2010
(Approved April 20th, 2010)
 
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
Meeting started at 6:16pm
 
In attendance
Bob Crow
Mel Reslor
Nia Lewis
Erin Brand
Kurt Lauer
Jim Craven
Paula Small
 
Excused Absence
Debbie Rabidue
Anthony Petchel
 
Check-in/intro – 10 minutes (depending on attendees)
 
Review February Meeting Minutes – 10 minutes (please review minutes ahead of meeting)
Approved pending a few clarifying questions Paula has for Debbie.
 
Additional Staff Hours Presentation(Ani) – 10 minutes
Board approved this concept with direction to Personnel and Finance to approve. Personnel has drafted job tasks, for Zale it would be included in job description, for Erin Yanke it would be new job. These additional hours and duties would be until the end of the fiscal year, or until these duties are covered by further management changes.
 
Zale’s current rate of pay is $14 an hour, she would get an additional 40 hours between now and the endof the fiscal year. Erin is requesting an additional 7 hours a week at $14.50 to take on some of Ani and Chris’s duties, she will also be responsible for staff evaluations and CRC staff liaison.
 
Ani feels that both of these employees will excel in new duties. Much of what Zale would take on she had already assisted Arthur in doing. For Erin it is a chance for professional growth.
 
Approved Personnel proposals regarding Erin Yanke and Zale Chadwick ( Ani  will be formatting the language into the job description template.)
 
Underwriting Department Update (Justin) – 10 minutes
Issues facing Underwriting (in no particular order): End of Listener’s Guide, Crapped Economy, More Underwriters means more support work, Monthly variability, Staffing changes, and Volunteer issues
 
Finishing touches are being put on online advertising. Goal of converting listener guide advertisers to underwriters and/or online advertisers. New web coordinator was hired and Justin talked with him about these issues.
 
There can be a wide monthly variability based on getting timely response from underwriters. Justin’s unofficial goal is $1,000 a week. There have been issues with collection in the past, Justin’s numbers are based on contracts that are signed, not accounts receivable.
 
Jim asked what the outstanding number is for accounts receivable, Justin estimates it’s about a few thousand. Justin feels that if all accounts were paid and online advertising were up and running that we would be ahead of budget.
 
Jim asked for clarification about how Justin is paid. Hourly wage plus commission on accounts receivable.
 
Bob asked how clients are asked to pay on their contracts; do we collect some up front? What is the policy on payment? Justin explains that it is rare to get pre-payment. He tries to rely on credibility to ensure payment.
Paula expresses past concerns that finance, and she personally had about news about the listener’s guide. It’s been unclear what the timeframe and format will be, looking to staff for answers and development in working on how to get publication and promotions out.
 
Paula asked about trade agreements. Justin points out that $16,000 went for trade; he gets a one-time 5% commission on value of trade, if contract is renewed annually he would get that 5% each year. Examples of trade would be cross-promotions, coffee, etc.
 
Development Department Update
Dine out for KBOO, March 24th
Nia will talk to Sun about changing IR to say that diners should say that they are there for KBOO.
 
Trailblazers game is March 31st.
 
Membership Department Update (Paula) – 10 minutes (please review attached ahead of meeting)
Winter membership drive report from Andrew. Pledges exceeded goal, current fulfillment rate is 84% with projected collections of $46,525.
 
Update on February Action Items– 10 minutes
 
OCF Endowment Update (Paula to distribute material on Anthony’s behalf) – 10 minutes
Committee members should read information handed out and email questions to Anthony, or wait until next meeting.
 
Internal Controls Discussion (Paula) – 10 minutes
Paula has concerns about internal controls and KBOO as a whole and how things go in and out of the station. She does not have concerns about a specific person, just about the systems. Mel will be addressing some of these concerns when he gets trained by Wilken & Co. and starts getting paid for these duties.
 
Mel will talk to Bruce about mail security and lock box.
 
Finance Committee Meeting Discussion re: April– 10 minutes
Debbie wants to discuss mid-year budget at next meeting and use the entire time to do historical analysis.
 
Paula noted that some of the tabled items will be rolled into the mid-year budget discussion. The credit card security policy will be separate.
 
Meeting ends at 8:28pm
 
FDIC Update from Mel
FDIC states that 55 days after a quarter ends, that the financial data is produced.  This includes the deposit insurance fund.  They didn't have end of 2009 DIF balance on March 16 - more than 70 days since last quarter.
I sent an e-mail asking about the balance, have not received a reply.
This is what the FDIC has on their webpage: (emphasis is mine)
Due to recent disruptions in the financial markets and the large numbers of bank failures in the last year, the DIF reserve ratio has fallen below 1.15 percent and is expected to be negativeas of September 30, 2009.
http://www.fdic.gov/deposit/insurance/index.html
          So if a bank fails and the depositors have trouble getting recompensed, FDIC can claim -- it's not a secret, it was right there on our website!
Actually, they would borrow from the Treasury, which they have not done since 1992.
      
Not one of our banks -
The FDIC maintains a list of failed banks.  There are eight so far in March.  17 in February.  For the entire year of 2005 and 2006, no banks on their list were closed.
 
Tabled Items
 
Finance Department Update
 
January Financial Statements Review 
 
February Financial Statements Review 
 
Draft Credit Card Security Policy
 
 
April’s Meeting Date: Tuesday, April 20th

Finance Committee Minutes - May 18, 2010

 

 
Finance Committee Meeting Minutes – May 18th, 2010
(Approved June 22nd, 2010)
-Individual and Group Commitments are italicized and in bold
-Recommendations from the Committee to the Board of Directors are in bold
 
In Attendence
Debbie Rabidue
Paula Small
Erin Brand
Mel Reslor
Dan Gurin
Rolf Semprobon
Sun Lee
Nia Lewis
Bob Crow
 
Excused Absence
Anthony Petchel
 
Meeting started at 6:10
 
Check-in/intro
 
Review April Meeting Minutes
Approved by consensus
 
March Financial Statements Review (Finance Committee)
See attached financial summary
 
Mel will look into ACH fees for monthly credit card charges while he investigates credit card vendors. 
 
Finance approves sending March Financial Statements and Summary to the Board.
 
 
April Financial Statements Review  (Debbie)
Tabled until June, will be emailed out by Debbie ahead of time
 
Strategic Planning Discussion (per Erin Yanke’s request, Debbie gives update)
Debbie and Erin Yanke are staff point people for strategic planning. An RFP has been drafted and has been sent out to various firms and posted. One consultant suggested that KBOO publish a minimum and maximum for what we want to spend, this is not something we want to do at this point.
 
Once the strategic planning group receives RFP’s and reviews them, the board will need to be actively involved in discussing a budget for what we want to spend on strategic planning. The deadline for bids is June 16th.
 Erin will bring this update to the May Board meeting.
 
Mid-Year Budget Projection (Finance Committee)
– Review final draft for Board Approval
Staff reviewed the mid-year budget at staff meeting today. This is a projection for the next 6 months, based on the actual from the first six months of this fiscal year.
 
Revenues Membership lines 6 through 15 are projected to meet budget, the change may be within line items of membership revenue but not for the overall membership revenue. Spring drive was only $1,200 under the $95,000 goal. With our fulfillment rate for pledges we should reach the spring drive budget of $74,000.
 
Development is projected to come out $20,000 under the $50,000 budget, but this is a very ambitious goal, so we still feel good about it. We will be able to gauge the development income better once we are able to look at the May financials.
 
Total revenues are projected to be about $15,000 under budget, or $701,000.
 
Expenses Telephone expenses will probably be over budget. The newswire service is way under budget and Jenka and John don’t feel like we need the satellite service at this point (which was budgeted at $8,100). We haven’t spent money on a local news service at this point in the fiscal year.
 
Total expenses, including auxiliary spending, are budgeted to be about $30,000 under budget, or $765,000.  Budgeted deficit of $80,000, projecting $64,000.
 
Auxiliary Didn’t spend money on Sun’s parental leave. The live remote gear and other capital campaign money is just about spent, matching NTIA grant to come in. Haven’t spent $3,300 on two-week programming back up on web, Dan is not sure if we will need to spend it.
 
Dan will follow-up with Roger Leigh to get bill for his web upgrade services, we want to be able to close this line item by the end of the year.
 
Finance approves sending the Mid-Year Budget projections to the Board.
 
OCF Endowment Update (Anthony)
Debbie received the OCF fund balance sheet from January 1st through March 31st. The fund balance started the year at $191,812 and by the end of March it is at $196,723. Good news that there has been a gain on investments. 
 
Key Bank/Bank of the Cascades Cash Accounts Discussion (Debbie/Anthony) 
 
 
Mid-Year Controllership Update (Debbie/Erin)
Discussion about recommendations that Linda has made regarding internal controls. Sun suggested that people could write credit card numbers on just the yellow and pink forms and put the last four digits on the white copy so that members know that their information was received.
 
Wilken & Co. also recommends the continuation of the funding of the internal controls position (ie. Mel’s position).
 
Debbie has been looking in to getting asset software that is compatible with Peachtree to track depreciation of assets. Linda recommends that we pursue this so that it we will be able to produce more accurate monthly financial reports. Debbie suggests involving volunteers (ie. Engineering volunteers) to do a complete inventory of our assets.
 
Erin will bring the mid-year controllership report to the board and convey Finance committee’s discussion about Linda’s recommendations.
 
Lawsuit Expense Update (Erin)
– Recap April Finance Report to the Board
 
 
January – April Action Items/Commitments Update
Debbie provided an addendum of Jan.- March that is added to the April minutes.
 
April follow-up
- Debbie has worked with Zale to get a policy proposal to the board for approval at the May meeting regarding credit card security.
-KBOO did not move any cash to the money market account yet, between EFT and pledge drive that has not been necessary. The discussion has been to move $80,000 in the future, out of Bank of Cascades to Keybank money market so that we can make draws. 
-When we go over April and May financials next month we will look at the trends with the fund balance. The May financials will show the final bill from Scott Pratt, just under $12,000.
-Andrew wants to revisit his budget projections once he has caught up with Spring Drive work.
-Justin wants to meet with Dan to discuss web advertising. Justin has clients that are interested, 8 of them in fact. Dan will bump up web advertisements and referral links on his priority list.
-Andrew wants to get a quarterly publication out in June, this is the replacement to the monthly listener’s guide. Debbie didn’t have numbers to go by for this publication, so she just used what was budgeted for the mid-year review.
 
 
 
June’s Meeting Date: Tuesday, June 22nd
We will be looking at Chris’s items for future budget considerations at the June finance meeting.
 
 
 
 
 
Attachments
 
Financial Summary for March 2010
 
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • Liquid cash balance is $450,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • Endowment has increased by $26,000 from 1 year ago
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income overall is $20,000 over budget. 
  • Events and Development income is $12,000 under budget. However, it is also up $6,000 from last fiscal YTD, so we continue to see a positive trend.[1] 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is $7,500 under budget[2], but is only $1,700 down from this time last year. The summer months usually bring in more underwriting. 
  • SCA Contract income is below budget due to renegotiating the FM Korea at a 35% discount.
  • Interest income is declining due to the bank yield % decreasing each month.
 
   Expenses
  • Employee expenses  will begin to decrease monthly with a savings of $2,000 a month.
  • Newswire service is currently running $800 per month under budget with using AFP3. We expect to add a local use agreement this fiscal year.
  • Printing and Postage is currently under budget by $6,800, but will begin to be used when the Listener Guide’s replacement promotion starts this summer.
  • Premiums is currently over budget from T-shirt purchases, but will meet budget at FYE.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges are up $2,000 from last year.
  • Dues is currently over budget, but will meet budget at FYE.
 
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are under budget by $7,000, but down by only $2,000 from last year. Expenses are over budget by $4,000, but less than last year by $7,000. We currently have an operating deficit of $3,200.
 
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending adds $34,000 to the deficit, bringing the net to a $37,000 deficit fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending was $16,000 on the lawsuit, $5,600 on the server and $11,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs.
 
Note: We budgeted for a $79,000 deficit and at mid year we have a deficit of $37,000.

[1] Development & Event Income is $17,569 and the Development & Event Expenses are $3,557, with a net of $14,012 FYTD.
[2] This includes $2,050 in unexpected Guide Advertising. We budgeted for the Guide to quit publishing as of October, but we will not make any changes until February. 
3 Newswire is currently $4,700 under budget and may end up $9,000 under budget for the year.

2011 FY

The 2010 fiscal year runs from Oct 1st 2010 to Sept 30th 2011. 

* Please note that documents posted here may include drafts and other management materials that are not intended to represent a legal or final record of the corporation.

FY 2011 Budget Documents

The following documents comprise the Fiscal Year 2010/2011 Operating and Auxiliary Budget as passed by the KBOO Board of Director's at the September 2010 Board meeting.

AttachmentSize
FY11 Budget Narrative.pdf65.67 KB
FY11 Budget Notes.pdf28.64 KB
FY11 Operating Budget.pdf73.22 KB
FY 11 Auxiliary Budget.pdf36.39 KB
FY11 Staff Salaries.pdf35.69 KB

Finance Committee Minutes - April 19th, 2011

 

Finance Committee Minutes (approved May 17th, 2011)
April 19, 2011
Commitments are italicized
 
In Attendence
Kurt Lauer
Andrew Geller
Bob Crow
Sun Lee
Azure
Paula Small
Debbie Rabidue
Mel Reslor
Alex Roberts
 
Meeting starts at 6:10pm
 
Check-in/intro
 
Approve March Meeting Minutes
Match minutes are approved.
 
March 2011 Financial Statements Review
Debbie will email March Financial Summary and Financials for Board meeting.
 
Finance and Membership need to do some reconciliation on the year to date actual Membership revenues. Also Development and Finance will do this for Mid-Year projections.
 
Discussion on why Membership is $49,000 over budget. Increased giving by members, not increased membership.
 
Sun comments on increased fulfillment, more EFT’s and larger gifts.
 
Erin wonders if there is a way to track success of major giving, if certain donors are giving more because of Development Director. Andrew discusses creating a report for the entire fiscal year, over 5 years, and amounts given, much like he makes a report for specific drives.
 
Debbie wonders if we just under budgeted we should get a better idea after the next pledge drive.
 
Sun discusses Development projects and Events coming up to raise money. KBrew beer and coffee, summer raffle, book and record sale, etc. Sun will probably be taking some Grant classes after the Strategic Plan gets approved.
 
Debbie asks if Sun can draft up a Development projection list.
 
Paula comments that we should come up with ideas for events/appreciations/etc. for major donors but also continue to have events that include all donor levels.
 
Kurt has development ideas that he will send to Sun.
 
Mel is going to research why Broadcast Equipment and Purchases is over budget.
 
Sun is going to talk to Ras Danny about Reggae Rising tickets.
Upcoming Mid-Year Budget Projections
Debbie will send out Mid-Year Budget Projections.
 
Strategic Plan Draft
Strategic Plan draft and survey regarding draft are on the KBOO website. Finance Committee members are encouraged to review draft and fill out survey.
 
Photo Copier
Andrew is going to look into leasing and servicing a new photocopier because our current one is on the fritz.
 
Safety Deposit Box Update
Judy and Mel opened the safety deposit box at KeyBank and changed it to Bank of the Cascades.
 
The Board President and Board Treasurer will have access to the safety deposit box, at staff it will be Chris Merrick and Mel. Finance will be in charge of handling changing names on access when there is turnover on the Board. Keys will be kept at the station and would be checked out from Finance when needed.
 
Finance Department Update
Debbie will be contacting Kris from Kern & Thompson to be getting preliminary paperwork to start work on the year end prep for the audit.
 
Debbie will be scheduling Linda Barkus of Wilken & Co. to come in and do the Mid-Year Controllership.
 
Erin will be out of town for the May Finance and Board meeting. Paula will handle minutes at the next Finance meeting and relay finance information to the Board at the May Board meeting.
 
Debbie is continuing to train Mel so that she can focus on the year-end prep for the audit, updated desk manual and revamping the chart of accounts.
 
Finance Computer Update
Debbie is asking staff to look at buying a new finance computer during the Mid-Year Budget projection.
Before that Mel, Debbie and Tom will look at a computer in the engineering department that may be able to be used for finance. They will try to get information to the Board by the Monday Board meeting in the event that money would need to be approved for a new computer.
It would be good for all Department computers to be assessed as far as health and replacement of computers. Board members on Finance will bring this up at the Board meeting in a discussion of IT needs at the station.
Items from Staff Meeting
Debbie and Mel talked to staff about the Finance Coordinator position. Staff is leaning towards having Mel do the Finance Assistant position as detailed in that job description. In 60 days the staff would like to look at the position and potentially open up a hire for Finance Coordinator. The benefits of doing this are that it keeps the staff from being overloaded on personnel issues right now. The other benefit is that Mel can train deeper into the position while Debbie is still around.
Paula will work on drafting job descriptions for Finance positions, specifically for internal controls.
Debbie will check in with Linda Barkus to see how she feels about having check logging done within the finance department.
Finance recommends that during supervisor training for membership drive that we have phone answerers write credit card numbers only on the carbon copies.
Staff Salary and Structure
 
Meeting ends at 8:40pm
Next Finance Meeting will be May 17th, 6pm at KBOO.
no

Finance Committee Minutes - March 22, 2011

 

Finance Committee Minutes
March 22, 2011 (Approved April 19, 2011)
Commitments are italicized
 
In Attendence
Mel Reslor
Sun Lee
Paula Small
Erin Brand
Bob Crow
Nia Lewis
Azure
 
Absent
Debbie Rabidue
 
Meetings starts at 6:15pm
 
Check-in/intro
 
Approve February Meeting Minutes
February minutes approved.
 
January 2011 Financial Statements Review
 
Financial Summary: January 2011
Debbie Rabidue
 
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • Available fund balance is $347,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • The endowment added $12,593 in funds in December. We received a distribution of $4,703 as well. The net increase in the endowment for the 4th quarter of 2010 was $7,890.
  • The liability balance consists of Accounts Payable paid in February and the Capital Campaign money that will be allocated to FY10 revenue during year end prep.
  • We are holding a $24,000 balance at Key Bank for the time being. The Finance department is in the process of closing the two Key Bank accounts. The two merchant accounts (credit card processing) have been closed at Key Bank.
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income is $22,000 over budget. 
    • Membership revenue was reconciled between the Finance and Memberships departments, through January 31st.
    • The Fall pledge drive was at budget. Winter pledge drive money is still coming in and we can tell more on the February Income Statement on how the drive preformed against the budget.. 
  • Events and Development income is $2,800 under budget. 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is close to budget. 
 
   Expenses
  • Employee expenses  are under budget due to upcoming step increases that will bring wages back to budget.
  • Broadcast Equipment Maintenance is $5,000 over budget. I will need to get with Engineering and find out why the costs are high this early in the year. I will report back to Finance on my findings.
  • Premiums appear to be over budget, but should even out. The annual budget for Premiums is $9,500.
  • Postage is $3,600 under budget.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges should start seeing savings as soon as we close the Key Bank accounts. We are spending close to $100 a month on service fees, and were paying an additional $70 to $100 a month on the merchant accounts.
 
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are over budget by $19,000, due to Membership income. Expenses are under budget by $7,500, and spending is down by $7,000 from this time last year. We currently have an operating surplus of $31,000, $27,000 better than we budgeted for the end of January. We budgeted for a $48,000 operating deficit. We are still too early in the fiscal year to get a good feel on where we may end up at fiscal year end.
 
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending is $27,000 fiscal YTD, this brings the net to a $4,700 surplus for management purposes, fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending is $11,000 on strategic planning and , $15,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs. 
 
 
February 2011 Financial Statements Review
 
Financial Summary: February 2011
Debbie Rabidue
 
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • Available fund balance is $338,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • The endowment added $12,593 in funds in December. We received a distribution of $4,703 as well. The net increase in the endowment for the 4th quarter of 2010 was $7,890. The Fund Balance report has been updated with the OCF quarterly statement as of Dec. 31st 2010.
  • The liability balance consists of Accounts Payable paid in March and the Capital Campaign money that will be allocated to FY10 revenue during year end prep.
  • We are holding a $24,000 balance at Key Bank for the time being. The Finance department is in the process of closing the two Key Bank accounts. The two merchant accounts (credit card processing) have been closed at Key Bank. All of the direct deposit donations have been changed to now deposit to the BOTC checking account.
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income is $42,000 over budget. 
    • The Fall pledge drive was at budget and the Winter pledge drive is over budget by $11,000. Memberships and Finance will reconcile the membership revenue accounts at the end of March.
  • Overall, Membership revenue is higher than this time last year by $6,500. Memberhsips appears to be maintaining a flat level.
  • Events and Development income is $6,300 under budget. 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue remains close to budget. 
 
   Expenses
  • Professional Services went over budget with $8,000 in legal services that were paid in February.
  • Broadcast Equipment Maintenance/Equipment Purchases (not auxiliary) is $5,900 over budget. There is a delay on researching the costs with the termination in Engineering. I will need to get with the Interim Engineering Staff and find out why the costs are. I will report back to Finance on my findings.
  • Premiums will be over budget for the fiscal year. Andrew says that he will go over budget in Premiums but will stay under budget on Postage and Printing costs. Finance should continue to monitor these expenses.
  • Printing & Postage is $7,000 under budget.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges are $1,900 over budget. I will research why there is a huge variance from the budget.
 
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are over budget by $34,000, due to Membership income increase. Expenses are under budget by $2,900, and spending is down by $8,000 from this time last year. We currently have an operating surplus of $22,000, $31,000 better than we budgeted for the end of February. We budgeted for a $48,000 operating deficit for the fiscal year. 
  •  
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending is $27,000 fiscal YTD, this brings the net to a $5,700 deficit for management purposes, fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending is $11,000 on strategic planning and , $15,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs. 
 
 
Engineering Position
Sun gives updates from today’s staff meeting. Staff wants to hire a temp. engineer at part time (20 hours/week) with benefits. KBOO has signed a contract with Mark Viccaro for IT needs. One idea from the contractor is that we could get a student to help with computer needs and Mark could mentor them.
 
Paula is concerned about how long engineering would be an interim position and also that the employee keeps track of comp. time with it being only 20 hours a week.
 
KBOO will be doing multiple hires in the future; Finance Coordinator, Engineer, IT, Development Director.
 
Discussion about planning for replacement of engineering equipment, building/station repairs, major expenses so that costs can be forseen.
 
When doing the FY2012 budget departments may want to do aggressive budgeting for major expenses(especially engineering equipment)
 
 
FY10 Audit/Year-End Update
FY 2009 Audit is not done, taxes are completed, though.
 
Mel hands out information with Audit, Review and Form 990 quotes from CPAs.
 
Mel has checked references for Kern & Thompson LLC and they have given favorable quotes. References were all very good. Mel and Debbie attended a seminar given by Kris Oliviera about audits.
 
Paula mentions that Mark Eklund was the person that counted our ballots from the annual election, we will need to find a replacement.
 
Nominating Committee will need to find someone else to count the ballots for our annual elections.
 
Bob wants to make sure we have done our due diligence in researching and recommending an independent CPA.
 
Finance Committee recommends that the Board retain the services of Kern & Thompson LLC to complete our FY09, FY10 audits, Form 990s and our future audits and/or reviews.
 
Finance Department (maybe with help from Sun) will put together a thank you card/gift for Mark Eklund.
 
Finance Department Work Plan and Update
The Finance Department update will be forwarded to the Board.
 
Finance Department: Debbie Rabidue
Transition work plan: Mel and I have been working on training in the daily operations in the finance department. Mel has now taken over the responsibility of preparing the bank deposits and getting them in the bank. He is also taking on the A/P tasks; gathering the bills, getting the proper authorizations, entering the bills into the accounting system, running checks, getting signatures and mailing out the payments. We remain under budget for the total finance hours and have room for the increase in hours for Mel. I am working on updating the Finance desk manual that I wrote 3 years ago and will use Mel’s help. It’s a little out of date as many changes have occurred in the credit card processing, banking, employee benefits, and so on. This will be an ongoing project over the next couple of months.
Credit card processing; We have closed the Merchant accounts at Key Bank (credit card processing). We have tested the new credit card processing and everything is running fine. The new credit card processing is working well with the website for donation payments. We will be saving a little money each month now.
Banks and safe deposit box:  Mel is continuing to work on getting the 2 Key Bank accounts closed. He is also working on closing the safe deposit box at Key Bank and opening one at Bank of the Cascades where we now have our main banking.
 
Needs Finance Committee recommendation and will need to be an Action Item on the upcoming Board meeting.   We need approval to spend up to an additional $10,000 for the year end audit with a new CPA. We most likely will spend much less, but have not elected the CPA that will replace Mark Eklund yet.  
Audit costs: Mel is continuing to work on researching a new CPA firm to perform our annual accounting audit and filing of the 990 and CT12, as Mark Eklund will be retiring. Mel, Erin Brand and I have met with one CPA firm.   Mel has met with two and has obtained a few additional estimates. We are getting estimates that are ranging from $9,000 up to $20,000. We were paying around $4,000 for Mark’s services. We will need the Board to approve an additional $5,000 to $10,000 to be spent on the audit for FY10 since it does not look like Mark will be able to take on one last year for us. The quality of the year end prep work will be a factor in helping to drive the audit costs down. Geffen Mesher lowered their estimate by $4,000 after looking at the year-end prep package that I did previously. Geffen Mesher is one of the highest in cost.   Finance Committee will tease out the costs and bring it to the Board for a decision. (Thank you Mel for your attentive and hard work on the CPAs and the costs for audit and review. Mark filed an extension on the 990/CT12. The file date is May 15th. We will file another extension since we will need more time to prepare with a new CPA. The new file date will be Sept. 15th.
Mel and Debbie attended an event at NAO (TACS) on Newer Audit Standards: Higher Costs, More Findings, an information sharing and CPA presentation on how to help lower audit costs.
Annual election ballots:   Mark Eklund has also said that he will most likely not be doing the ballot counting for this upcoming Board election. He has suggested an intern(s) from a local accounting school that he has used to help him in the past. 
 
Upcoming Mid-Year Budget Review Process
Debbie is open to feedback for what the Board or Finance wants to see in the Mid-Year Budget process.
 
Mel suggests a detail on Engineering and IT expenses for the past few years, including examples of what falls under ‘computer’, ‘equipment purchases’, ‘broadcast equipment maintenance’, etc.
 
Safety Deposit Box Update
Finance has talked with Anthony about opening a safety deposit box at BOTC. It will be $55 a year, plus $5 a key.
Finance recommends getting at least two keys to the safety deposit box.
Mel will make copies of any of the paperwork in the safety deposit box and give papers to the Board.
Finance Coordinator Position
Discussion about when a job posting and hiring committee would be formed. How many hours would a new Finance coordinator have?
 
Finance Committee would want to keep a separate position for internal controls.
 
Next month Finance will make recommendations to the Board about a future Finance hire, what the position would entail and how many hours the position would be.   
Meeting ends at 8:05pm
Next Finance Meeting will be April 19th, 2011 at 6pm
no

Finance Committee Minutes - Nov. 16, 2010

 

Finance Committee
November 16, 2010
(Approved January 18th, 2011)
Commitments are italicized.
 
In Attendence
 
Mel Reslor
Paula Small
Erin Brand
Rolf Semprebon
Kurt Lauer
Nia Lewis
 
Absent
 
Sun Lee
Debbie Rabidue
Bob Crow
Meeting starts at 6:22pm
 
Should next month’s meeting be postponed until January?
Our next meeting will be January 18th, 2011. Hopefully the winter drive will not fall on this date. We would like an update about strategic planning at January meeting.
 
 
Finance Committee Chair
Can revisit in the future but at this time Erin is fine being secretary and Paula is fine being chair that sets the agenda and facilitates meetings.
 
 
Development Update
Raffle ends Monday the 22nd
 
Blazers game versus the Knicks in January. $5 of each ticket to KBOO and a tabling opportunity.
 
Square dance will be in February. Need to find a venue.
 
Maybe a March Mardi Gras event at Mt. Tabor Theater.
 
Fall Membership Update
 
Hopefully we will get a full report from Andrew at January FC meeting. Debbie will get a written report or ask him to attend. If the January meeting is right before or during the Winter Drive, we do not expect him to attend.
2011 Potential Finance Projects (list in progress)
 
-       Complete inventory list to track depreciation. Debbie, does this involve buying additional software for Peachtree? What do you need to complete this project? (Such as volunteers). Finance is also concerned about the security of things being stolen or mis-used.
-       Mel suggests someone to scout out pledge premiums. At KPFK they have a staff person that looks out for pledge premiums and develops programming around it. (More of a development project)
-       Mel would like someone from FC or Board of Director’s watch what he is doing for internal controls and give a report back to Finance and the Board. Erin says she can do this, will set up a meeting time with Mel. Paula mentions that we could also observe what Zale is doing.
-       More Board responsibility for fundraising. Kurt notes that many boards are responsible for 10% of an organization’s budget.
-       Rolf wonders about having a “KBOO Store” on the website to sell in-house merchandise. We would be able to display t-shirts and other premiums so donors can look at gifts.
 
September Finance Minutes
Finance committee approves September Finance minutes.
 
Meeting adjourns at 7:20

Finance Committee Minutes -Febraury 22, 2011

 

Finance Committee Minutes
February 22, 2011 (minutes approved March 22, 2011)
Commitments are italicized
 
In Attendence
Bob Crow
Mel Reslor
Paula Small
Erin Brand
Nia Lewis
Debbie Rabidue
 
Meeting starts 6:22pm
 
Check In/Intro
 
January 2011 Financial Statements Review
Tabled-Debbie did not complete the packet due to illness the previous week and a long staff meeting this afternoon.
 
January Minutes
Finance Committee approves the January 2011 meeting minutes.
 
Brief discussion about who would lead a cost of living increase workgroup. Board has had a full plate and didn’t have time to discuss this project at the last meeting.
 
Finance Department Update
Debbie gave notice at the staff meeting today. It is not a two week notice, more like 90 days or however long it takes to find and train a replacement and finish the prep work for the year-end audit.
 
Debbie and Mel worked together to develop the transitional work plan below.
 
Accounting Transition Work Plan
February 21, 2011
Dear Staff, Finance Committee and Board,
I am giving my notice, but would like to start by cutting my hours and increasing Mel’s while the hiring committee is formed and process takes place. I do not need to leave in a short time and am willing to continue doing some work, training and helping with the hiring process. If this takes 90 to 120 days, I am fine with that and am flexible but cannot put in 30 to 40 hours a week right now. I’m not actively seeking other employment at this time, so there are no restrictions on my availability other than the weekly hours. I need to be at home more with my youngest daughters as we are looking at both of them going through surgical procedures over the next few weeks or possibly months. There are other personal things happening that make it better for me to be more accessible to my daughters and to lessen external stresses. Mel is fine with doing the daily finance work as long as into September. We are sure it will not take this long, but this allows KBOO to do it’s due diligence in hiring for this particular position.
 
Our proposal is as follows:
Mel’s interim duties:
ü Bank deposits and deposit data entry (Mel).
ü Processing credit card payments (Mel).
ü Generating checks, collecting signatures, paying bills and the data entry (Mel).
ü Payroll (Mel)
ü A/R invoicing and monthly credit card memberships (Mel)
 
Debbie and Mel shared duties and training opportunity:
ü A/R collection (working with Justin) – (Mel and Debbie if needed)
ü Insurance and Employee Benefits (Mel and Debbie).
ü Filing (Mel and Debbie).
 
Debbie’s duties with some training opportunity for Mel:
ü Internal controls with no cash handling (Debbie). Temporary transfer of duties from Mel to Debbie. Mel will return to this position after a new hire is put in place.
ü Year end reconciliation and prep for Auditor (Debbie, work to be shared with Mel)
ü Update and make usable the Finance desk manual (Debbie with Mel to review and help).
ü Mid –year CPA Controllership & mid-year budget review (Debbie, work to be shared with Mel)
 
Training: (Items I can train Mel on while I’m doing the work pending a new hire)
ü Brush up training on daily duties and using the accounting software
ü Monthly close and reconciliations. Financial statement preparation, reports and projections.
ü Grants and grant budgets. Tracking restricted grants.
ü Reconciling general ledger accounts.
 
Upcoming projects that need addressed:
ü Inventory project for insurance and fixed asset control.
ü PCI DSS: Re-certifying with new credit card processor. This will require going through the process again. Self Assessment test, setting up vulnerability scan, and reviewing the current security policy. Removing the finance computer from the network or setting up a dedicated server (not shared).
ü Mid-year budget review process.
ü Filing the CR5500 for the 401(k) plan.
ü Insurance renewals: some will renew in April. 
 
We are estimating that we could move Mel to 20 to 25 hours a week and cut me back to 20 hours. I keep track of my budgeted hours and they are under budget right now. I would normally be going to a 40 hour week while working on year end prep. I would keep my benefits until the finance transition is complete and satisfactory to the Staff and Finance Committee. Once the new hire is trained in, if KBOO wants to have me continue to be involved in the finance area for awhile, we could look at independent contracting like I did for KBOO before. Naturally, this would not be a staff position and there would be no benefits. After the year end prep work and mid-year budget review work is done and if it seems realistic for me to work less than 20 hours until a new hire is put in place, then I would look at IC instead of a staff position. My goal is to help KBOO hire and train a qualified Finance Coordinator with proven skills to take over the job completely.
I would highly recommend that the internal controls staff position be continued after I leave. This has been an inexpensive proactive procedure that helps to keep the Foundation less of a target for fraud.
I am committed to my profession and the overall health of the Foundation even if I am not able to stay on as a staff member at this time. I am happy to actively help with the transition since we do not have a station manager that can oversee the finance department, the transition and training. Mel has improved his bookkeeping skills by taking and passing a bookkeeping certification class. However, he has not done the higher level of accounting work for KBOO. I can train him and/or the new hire.
Debbie Rabidue
 
 
Paula asks Debbie about how to make the position more flexible for her. Discuss when she was an independent contractor for KBOO and didn’t need to attend staff meetings and collective management meetings.
 
Discussion around filling the finance position at 30 hours per week at the current pay rate. Without a station manager the position is more realistically a 40 hour a week position.
 
How do we get Debbie to stay?
 
Paula proposes that Debbie and Mel hash out their responsibilities and propose a plan at the board/staff retreat.
 
 
Research Summary on CPA Costs – Audit vs. Review
Mel has been researching costs on CPA annual reviews, as opposed to an annual audit. Our bylaws require an audit, harkening back to days when we received substantial federal funding. Debbie is hoping that by doing extensive prep work for the audit, Mark Eklund will still want to complete the audit.
 
There would need to be a bylaw change to change from an audit to a review. Finance would need to take the lead in proposing a bylaw change and providing supporting arguments for it.
 
One idea is to change the bylaw to require at least an annual review, though an audit could always happen (particularly if we got a major grant or federal funding that requires it.)
 
We have filed for an extension for our 2010 federal tax forms.
 
Nominating Committee needs to find someone else to replace Mark Eklund to count our ballots during the annual election.
 
Debbie will ask Mark about filing another extension, if we don’t need that much time, that is okay. Another CPA firm had suggested we do this in case we do find ourselves needing to work with a different Auditor if Mark isn't able to do it. If this happens, it could impede the process and make it to where a new CPA wouldn't have time to audit and file tax returns by May 15th because they would need to become familiar with the KBOO accounts first.  Mark knows them, since he's been doing the Accounting and returns for over 20 years.
 
Debbie believes that an annual review would be appropriate for KBOO. Financially it would save money and with a mid-year controllership we also have an independent set of eyes looking at our finances.
 
Board members will take Debbie and Mel’s recommendation for how they want to handle the next 30 to 60 days of the finance department at the February 28th Board meeting.
 
KeyBank Bank and Merchant Accounts
KeyBank used to be our main checking account and our largest savings account. Our largest savings is now at Advantis Credit Union and our main checking is at Bank of the Cascades. We also changed our card processer from KeyBank to SwipeNow. We have a safety deposit box at KeyBank.
 
Mel and Debbie are thinking that we could close KeyBank. We have a line of credit with them but it is would only be enough money to operate KBOO for about 22 days. If we drop the accounts we would save money on the fees that keep them open, and also by not having to monitor them (internal controls, controllership, audit, etc.)
 
Finance Committee recommends closing the KeyBank accounts.
 
Finance recommends getting a new safety deposit box at BOTC to hold our Articles of Incorporation and whatever else is in the box.
 
Update on Inventory Project
Our Bliss Sequoia Insurance broker met with the staff today to talk about inventory in regards to insurance coverage. This inventory may be teamed with an inventory for financial records.
 
Debbie and Mel will give Finance an update on the status of the inventory project to take to the Board meeting.
 
Membership Drive Goals
Finance Committee recommends continuing a membership drive through the scheduled drive period if it has reached the drive goal early, especially when we are operating in a deficit. This would help to increase donations and build our membership.
 
Meeting ended at 8:30pm
 
The March Finance Committee meeting will be March 22nd at 6pm at the station.
 
 
 

 

no

Finance Committee Minutes -January 11, 2011

 

Finance Committee Minutes
January 18th, 2011
(minutes approved February 22nd, 2011)
Commitments are italicized.
 
In Attendence
Mel Reslor
Debbie Rabidue
Sun Lee
Azure
Erin Brand
Paula Small
Rolf Semprebon
Kurt Lauer
Bob Crow
Nia Lewis
 
 
Meeting starts at 6:10pm

Check-in/intro

Approve November Meeting Minutes
November minutes are approved.
 
Fiscal Year 2010 Year-End Financial Statements Review
Debbie will send summary for inclusion in the Finance minutes and for Erin to pass on to the rest of the Board.(Below)
 
Financial Summary for 4th Quarter 2010
Debbie Rabidue
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • At the end of the FY, the liquid cash balance is $375,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • Endowment has increased by $6,000 from 1 year ago. We’ve taken $9,556 out as endowment distributions. Overall the endowment gained over $15,000 over the last 12 months.
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income is $$11,000 under budget. 
  • Events and Development income is $40,000 under budget. This was the first year for a Development department, so the revenue budget was a guess and ended up being a little too aggressive. However, this revenue source is up over $16,000 from last fiscal YTD, so we have been able to have success with an additional income source.[1]
  • Book & Record Sale was under budget by $2,400. Promotional Sales were over budget by $2,100, due mostly to the new t-shirt logo and high sales at the Blues Fest. 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is $14,000 under budget[2], and $3,400 down from last year. 
  • SCA Contract income is below budget due to renegotiating the FM Korea at a 35% discount.
  • Interest income is declining due to the bank yield % decreasing each month.
 
   Expenses
  • Employee expenses  were under budget $14,000.
  • Newswire service is $9,000 under budget with using AFP3. We expect to add a local use agreement this fiscal year.
  • Equipment Purchases & Broadcast Equipment Maintenance went $7,000 over budget due to an unexpected remote monitor equipment failure at the transmitter.
  • Printing and Postage is currently under budget by $8,900.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges are up $8,700 from last year. We changed our main banking to another bank in October 2010, and we changed our credit card processor in January 2011. These switches should help us lower the costs.
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are under budget by $66,000, and down by $99,000 from last year. Membership revenue was down $89,000 from last year and Interest was down $9,000. Expenses are under budget by $13,000, and down by $66,000 from last year. We currently have an operating deficit of $52,000, largely due to unexpected legal expenses and no Spring Sweeps that we budgeted $16,000 for.
 
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending adds $56,000 to the deficit, bringing the net to a $117,000 deficit for management purposes, fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending was $28,000 on the lawsuit, $7,000 on the server and $11,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs. 
 
Note: The year-end work still needs to be finished. We deferred $24,000 of revenue in FY09 from the Capital Campaign, and spent $11,000 of that in FY10 on the Tie Line. I will move $11,000 into Development revenue. Most, if not all, of the $11,000 we spent were for asset acquisition. So that $11,000 will show up on the Balance Sheet as an asset, thus lowering our deficit to around $
 
 
 
 
 
 
Should we stop taking the endowment distributions and let it gain a higher yield by staying with OCF.
 
 
KBOO will need to file an extension for our Federal 990. If Mark Eklund isn’t able to do this Rolf has offered to. Mark is interested in doing a less labor intensive audit and switching to an annual review. Mel’s next finance research project is looking into the positives and negatives of an audit vs. a review and getting quotes for these.
 
Discussion re: KBOO Employee Retirement Contribution for Calendar Year 2010
The Board needs to make a decision about whether or not we will make a retirement contribution for staff. Not all staff is eligible for retirement contributions. The policy about retirement was updated in 2009, it is policy #26 ‘Employee Benefits’.
 
Paula recaps previous Board discussions about a Staff Bonus, which the board did not vote to approve.
 
Kurt would like to see a cost of living increase for staff wages so that the bonus and retirement aren’t trying to make up a difference.
 
Sun feels that staff would appreciate a cost of living increase but would say no to it in light of the large deficit.
 
If the Board does not approve retirement dispersal, it will be the first time since 2002.
 
Bob says the cost of living increase sounds the most rational.
 
Finance recommends the Board not make retirement dispersals for 2010.
 
Finance will be undertaking a project to research and make recommendations regarding cost of living adjustments for staff for FY2011, definitely for FY2012. Input will be solicited from Board and Staff on this project.
 
Discussion re: FM Korea & SCA Rental
FM Korea is having trouble making payments. They currently pay $875, but will stop paying in February, thus increasing our deficit.
 
 
Review Financial Analysis of the Web Coordinator Position
In summary, the staff would like the Board to fundraise any increase in the Web Coordinator salary. Staff is a bit uncomfortable with paying full salary for a ¾ time position, though some support ¾ time for ¾ pay. Staff would like to see a plan from the Board about how to raise the money for this position and a new work plan. Staff also discussed the need to do a new open hire if the position changes.
 
Staff idea is to have ¾ pay at ¾ time until the mid-year review and then assess what has been accomplished in the web department and revisit if we would like to keep it at ¾ time.
 
Erin supports having the Board fundraise for the position, $10,000 would be enough to increase to ¾ pay. She also sees having a better, more usable website as a way to generate more listeners and donations.
 
Bob asks about outsourcing web maintenance. Discussion about how having someone in house is necessary to train staff, programmers and volunteers on how to use the site.
 
Finance recommends temporarily increasing the Web Coordinator position to ¾ pay for 30 hours a week for 90 days. After 90 days the position at ¾ time will be reviewed along with the Mid-Year Review to assess what has been accomplished.
 
The Board will need to clarify how a work plan and a review will happen, as well as a plan for fundraising for this position and other future projects that increase the quality of what KBOO has to offer.
 
Debbie also wants to remind everyone that this is an opportunity to remind everyone about our depleting cash balances.
 
From Staff Meeting
Our live remote equipment is currently insured off-site but not in transit. To insure it for a full year is $191.
 
KBOO has been looking into accident insurance for volunteers would be similar to Worker’s Comp. for employees. The cost for a year is $350 for up to 100 volunteers at any one event or time.
Debbie will ask if the amount would increase if a lesser of number of volunteers at any one event would decrease the premium.
 
1st Quarter FY 2011 Financial Statements Review
Debbie will send financial summary to include in the minutes.(Below)
 
Financial Summary for 1st Quarter FY2011
Debbie Rabidue
 
Balance Sheet Highlights
  • Available fund balance is $413,000 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.
  • The liability balance consists of Accounts Payable paid in January and the Capital Campaign money that will be allocated to FY10 revenue during year end prep.
  • We moved our main banking to BOTC in October, and moved the credit card processing to another merchant in January. So there were transfers of funds from KeyBank into BOTC. We are holding a $10,000 balance at Key Bank for the time being. Finance will need to discuss the option of closing the Key Bank accounts.
 
Income Statement Highlights
    Income
  • Membership income is $33,000 over budget. This is mainly from successful direct mail programs. The Fall Pledge was at budget.
  • Events and Development income is close to budget. 
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is close to budget. 
  • SCA Contract income: to be discussed
 
   Expenses
  • Employee expenses  are under budget due to upcoming step increases that will bring wages back to budget.
  • Premiums appear to be over budget, but is not. The annual budget for Premiums is $9,500.
  • Bankcard fees & Bank Service Charges should start seeing savings as we changed banks and merchant providers.
 
Operating Bottom Line
  • Revenues are over budget by $33,000, mainly due to Memberships. Expenses are under budget by $12,000, and down by $18,000 from last year. We currently have an operating surplus of $55,000.
 
Auxiliary Spending
  • Auxiliary spending was $32,000 in the 1st Qtr of FY11, bringing the net to a $19,000 surplus for management purposes, fiscal YTD. Major AUX spending is $9,500 on strategic planning and , $15,000 on broadcast/engineering improvements and repairs. 
 
 
Debbie will research what to do with the KeyBank account, the potential $50,000 line of credit, and how to eliminate merchant fees.
 
Future Finance topic to discuss if we want to keep collecting the OCF endowment distributions.
 
Discussion re: Treasurer’s Report
Debbie and Mel will discuss further Mel handling all deposits and credit card transactions, and free up Debbie to work on other projects.
 
Brief Discussion about February Meeting
 
 
Meeting ends at 9:28pm
 
Next Finance Meeting will be February 15th, 6pm at KBOO

[1] Development & Event Income is $29,490 and the Development & Event Expenses are $4,600, with a net of $24,890 FYTD.
[2] This includes $2,900 in unexpected Guide Advertising. We budgeted for the Guide to quit publishing as of October, but we will not make any changes until February. 

 

no

2012 FY

The 2012 fiscal year runs from Oct 1st 2011 to Sept 30th 2012. 

* Please note that documents posted here may include drafts and other management materials that are not intended to represent a legal or final record of the corporation.

no

2011 Finance Committee Minutes - 10-18

Finance Committee Minutes (approved November 15, 2011)

October 18th 2011

 

In Attendance

Rolf Semprebon

Erin Brand

Mel Reslor

Kurt Lauer

Debbie Rabidue

 

Meeting starts at 7:35pm

 

September Meeting Minutes

Minutes are approved.

Finance Reports

Tabled until November meeting.

Finance Department Update

New computer in finance office and is working well and fast. Debbie is learning how to use the updated version of Excel. Currently it is cumbersome to get to the Peachtree archives, Debbie will talk to Tom about fixing this issue. Also an issue with creating reports using Crystal.

Debbie has ordered the 2012 Peachtree version and will reinstall Peachtree using the newer version. The 2012 version comes with fixed asset software that can manage 200 assets. Debbie thinks we can make the fixed asset software work without purchasing anything else.

Mel has volunteered to work on the inventory project, he will work on formatting the information that has been collected.

All but $1,000 of the Bank of the Cascades Money Market was transferred to the BOTC checking account to save money on service fees. The interest rates were so low on the money market that the fees on that account did not make sense. We earn a small amount of interest on our checking account there.

Staffing Work Group Update

Jenka, Judy Fiestal, Bill Michtom, Debbie and Erin Brand are on a work group to consider staffing levels and needs in light of the 2012 budget and the strategic plan. They hope to have a proposal to the Board by the December Board meeting. Research will be done about other stations, as well as gathering work plans from current KBOO staff in regards to the strategic plan.

Meeting ends at 8:00pm

Next Finance Meeting will be November 15th, 6pm at KBOO

no

2011 Finance Committee Minutes - 11-15

Finance Committee Minutes

Tuesday, November 15, 2011

(approved December 15, 2011)

6:10 pm – 8:23 pm

Present: Rolf Semprebon, Mel Reslor, Andrew Geller, Debbie Rabidue (by phone), Paula Small

Excused Absences: Erin Brand, Alex Roberts, Kurt Lauer

The Finance Committee members present nominated Erin B. as new Chair of the Finance Committee.

In the event that Erin B. declined the nomination, the Finance Committee members present nominated Kurt to be the Chair.

October Meeting Minutes

The Committee approved the October minutes.

Action item: Paula to post the approved minutes to the KBOO website, under the Finance Committee webpage.

Proforma FYE11 Financials Review

Debbie working on year-end prep for FY11, to get to Kern & Thompson in December; she’ll work with them to get adjustments done and adjusted financials to the Finance Committee.

She stressed that the Committee will need to REALLY keep an eye on cash balance. It’s currently at $101,000.

Andrew & Debbie said that the Membership & Finance were pretty tied closely.

Action Item: On behalf of the Finance Committee, Debbie will work with staff to do more research on the Chehalis CP & on the legal costs associated, including reimbursement and possible collection of reimbursement.

October Financials Review

Andrew provided a summary on the Fall Membership Drive 2011.

Per Andrew, if we hit ~90% fulfillment, as we’ve done often during the past 5 years, then we’ll have a cash shortfall from the Fall Membership Drive of approx. $4,000.

Historically, KBOO’s calculated fulfillment based on the % of pledges paid against, but doesn’t include dollars received versus dollars pledged.

New first-time donors still at a low level.

Andrew perceived that web pledges higher at ~15%, instead of 10%.

There was a general discussion about historical fulfillment rates.

At the request of the Committee, after the meeting, Andrew provided a snapshot of the trends in membership drive fulfillment rates (see end of minutes).

Winter Membership Drive 2012 is going to be a long drive, a little over 2 weeks. But, the Spring Membership Drive 2012 will be less than 10 days.

It’s a chance to see if the Winter Membership Drive is a better time for members to give. Over the last few Winter Drives, there has been more membership giving than during Springtime.

Andrew will look at an electronic Oregon Cultural Trust add-on to his year-end letter to members, to hopefully inspire & encourage more year-end giving.

Staffing Needs Workgroup Update

Debbie e-mailed a summary of the temporary staffing cuts and financial effects, in advance of the meeting.

She also updated the Committee on the Staffing Needs Workgroup progress.

Paula mentioned the use of interns, as a possible solution to meeting some needs in the Strategic Plan. She discussed internship options, based on other local non-profits. The other Committee members were interested in exploring those options.

Action item: Paula will research intern options.

Action item: Debbie will relay the recommendation (below) & concerns raised at the meeting to Erin B., who will share that information to the Workgroup, on behalf of the Finance Committee.

Finance Committee recommendation to the Board re: Development Director role:

If the Board chooses to conduct an open hire for the role of Development Director, then the Board can direct the staff to initiate the open hire process by the end of November 2011.


Update on Switching Accounts and Results in Savings

Mel updated the Committee on the switching of accounts & effects.

Most of the money market funds at Bank of the Cascades (BoTC) switched to the checking account at BoTC. The switch would offset account fees. The savings in the account fees offset would be greater than the interest earned, due to low market interest rates.

Mel reported that for October, KBOO Foundation saved over $50, which included offset of fees.

He included a report outlining the savings (see end of minutes).

Interest rate was 0.15% in the checking account compared to 0.10% in the savings account.

Now paying 12 cents for each ACH item, used to be 10 cents. Adds ~$34/mth, due to increased ACH activity. It’s a result of increased membership EFTs.

BOTC charged an FDIC assessment of $20.95 fee. We’ll research options to possibly offset that fee.

Review of OCF & KBOO's Fund

Mel suggested that the Committee look at possible investment options next month. He said it was a good idea & good practice for the Committee to keep options in mind.

Finance Committee Responsibilities & Recruitment

Paula sent an e-mail to Committee members re: recruitment ideas & examples of Committee responsibilities. She mentioned that we always discuss making the Committee more robust, to decrease member burnout and increase knowledge sharing & perspectives.

Mel recommended that Paula draft ~25 – 40 words to use in recruiting new Finance Committee members, to include in the December bulletin.

Action item: Paula will e-mail draft for bulletin to Committee members, before e-mailing to Sun.

There was a general discussion about recruitment.

Action item (ALL): Brainstorm “ideal” Finance Committee members; further discussion in December. Review the e-mail Paula sent.

Andrew reminded everyone that first & foremost, potential Finance Committee members must be KBOO Foundation members.

“Move Your Money” and KBOO

Mel wanted to volunteer with the “Move Your Money” movement, but also thought it would be great to spotlight KBOO’s “Move Your Money” effort: we moved most of our funds to Advantis Credit Union & remaining funds to Bank of the Cascades (local bank).

The Committee supported the idea. Andrew & Rolf suggested including information from our most recent 990.

Action item: Mel will draft a blurb for the December bulletin about KBOO’s “Move Your Money” leap, which was ahead of “the curve”.

 

Bank of the Cascades (BoTC) Account Fees Comparison (presented by Mel)

 

Bank of the Cascades

    KBOO transferred the bulk of the BOTC $ on 8/26/11 from Money Market to main Checking account.   The reason was that KBOO can save more in lower account fees than the interest earned in the Money Market account.

 

Savings (Money Market Business account)

     balance 10/31/11: $1,022.79

 

Interest for October 2011:  $0.13

     interest rate: 0.15%  (APY earned)

 

 

Main Checking (Non-Profit Interest Checking)

     balance 10/31/11: $135,987.70

 

Interest for October 2011:  $10.32

     interest rate: 0.10%   (APY earned)

 

Service charge for checking account: $347.94

       minus a balance earning  (of .7%):   65.01

                        actual net charge:          282.93

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

If the money was kept in the Savings account,

   the interest earned would have been: $13.67

 

   the interest in the checking account would have been: $1.25

   the balance earnings (fees reduction) would have been: $8.75

a total of $23.67

 

By transferring to the Checking account, the total is: $75.46

       a net of $51.79 for the month of October

 

(this is figured with an average balance of $15,000 in the checking account)

 

 

note:

We are paying 12¢ per ACH item, raised from ten cents over the summer.  With 1,735 EFT's this is $34.70 more per month, $416.40 more per year.

Each deposit costs 40 cents.  Up from 35 cents.  Each item (check) deposited costs 7 to 10 cents each, a total of $24.94 in October.

 

BOTC charges a FDIC assessment fee of $20.95, or $250 a year.

      Advantis does not charge a NCUA fee.

 

 

Trends in Membership Drive Fulfillment Rates (presented by Andrew)

no

2011 Finance Committee Minutes - 12-15

Finance Committee Minutes

December 15, 2011

In Attendance
Rolf Semprebon
Erin Brand
Andrew Geller
Debbie Rabidue
Alexander Roberts
Paula Small
Kurt Lauer
Mel Reslor


Meeting starts at 5:05 pm

Staffing Needs Work Group Update

Finance recommendations have cut an additional 14 hours from work group recommendation, with Andrew and Debbie as stand-asides for some.

To go to Board meeting on Monday the 19th
- Temp. for 12 weeks of maternity leave
- Need to start hire for Development position
- Approve money for contract (approx. $2,450)

November Minutes
Approved with edits from Andrew.

Meeting ends at 6:40pm

no

2012 Finance Committee Minutes - 01-26

Finance Committee Minutes – January 26th, 2012

Commitments and recommendations in bold italics.

In attendance

Kurt Lauer

Alexander Roberts

Rolf Semprebon

Andrew Geller

Paula Small

Erin Brand

 

Absent

Debbie Rabidue

Mel Reslor

 

Meeting begins 4:15

 

Check In

Financials Review for the 3 months ending December 2011

Revenue is over budget and expenses are under budget.

Paula reminds us that April is the mid-year budget review time

Kurt wonders why dues are so far under budget. Rolf projects that they are not on a 12 month

pay cycle so they haven’t needed to be paid yet.

Paula points to ‘development’ line items and as of the last Board meeting the interim

Development/PR position was eliminated. There will be an open hire for a Development Director

immediately, it will be within the same salary structure. Andrew points out that Board (Paula and

Hadrian) and Volunteer (Nia Lewis) reps have been confirmed, Andrew and Debbie are chairing

the hiring committee. They are still trying to figure out how to announce the pay, probably a

range based on experience.

Personnel and Governance will be working on a job description for Finance/Admin

position once Finance gives them information. We have decided to complete this task by

email. Finance suggests having a consolidated title for the job, not a hyphenated title.

Erin will email out the report done last year about how the Finance and Admin positions

function and relate to one another.


Ads are now enabled on the web site, hopefully we will be able to see this reflected in future

financial statements. Paula suggests asking Justin for a report around mid-year review to

assess the success of online ad clients and how that relates to underwriters.

 

Paula asks about SCA contracts. Andrew reports that he is still getting old contracts to review in

order to get new month to month contracts in place.

 

Financial Summary for 1st Quarter FY2012

(October through December 2011)

Debbie Rabidue

Balance Sheet Highlights

• Available fund balance is $349,500 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve.

• Accounts Payable to be paid in January is $4,664

• The OCF Endowment value is $190,308 and has had a small gain in the 1st quarter of FY12. We

received the semi-annual disbursement in December which was around $4,600.

Income Statement Highlights

Income

• Membership income is $26,000 over budget, showing a real good fiscal start in revenue. The

finance and membership departments still need to reconcile membership revenue through

December and the income will be reclassified within the membership categories. Revised

financials will be sent to the committee.

• Events and Development income is slightly under budget by $1,900. Events during the 1st

quarter included the Greg Palast event and the Grateful Dead Benefit.

• Underwriting and Advertising revenue is under budget by $3,200.

• SCA Contract income was not budgeted for FY12, but we got $1,800 in the 1st 3 months.

Expenses

• Employee expenses Wages & Taxes are slightly under budget due to the temporary budget cuts

that the Board put in place through the end of January. Health insurance is over budget due to

funding an extra set of benefits through the end of January. Debbie needs to report to the

committee a new salary budget worksheet and analysis of the 1st 4 months of FY12 effects on

the overall fiscal budget. The Board approved a final budget for employee costs in December by

department. The Staffing Needs Work Group finalized the dept budgets in January.

• Premiums are within the full year budget of $7,000 and will even out on the actual-to-budget in

the next few months.

• Bankcard fees appear over budget, but this is due to allocating the annual budget evenly

through 12 months and having increased credit card payments during the Fall membership

drive. Debbie can look at making the fees more seasonal in the budget layout.

Operating Bottom Line

• Revenues are over budget by $22,000, due to Memberships. Expenses are under budget by

$9,800, and down by $10,000 from last year. We currently have an operating surplus of

$52,000.

Upcoming financial information:

• We anticipate legal bills of over $6,000 to come in due the appeal on the Chehalis frequency.

• We anticipate wages and taxes to take a sudden increase over budget due to accrued vacation

to be paid out in January.

• The hiring process for the new development position is starting. The hiring committee has

been selected and the job ad will be posted within a week.

• The Winter membership drive will last longer than it traditionally has, so we can review that

in the February financials.

Debbie adds that the CPA filed an extension for our 990 Review, it will be completed in April.

Board Update from Paula

See above discussion on Development Position.

Kurt says Comp time is killing us, it defeats the salary versus hourly difference.

A Board retreat is planned to discuss Staff Management and Board Fundraising. A Board/Staff

retreat will follow.

Membership Update from Andrew

We raised over $14,000 online in December, the best month in a non-membership drive appeal

in history, over half the money was raised in the last 7 days of the year. December 2011 did

30% better than the previous December, it is 4% over the first quarter of last fiscal year.

The Winter Drive starts in a week and the goal is about $100,000. Hopefully the Winter Drive

does well enough to limit the Spring Drive to 7 to 9 days.

Discussion about compiling data and an online ad ‘kit’ by the end of the fiscal year to provide

prospective advertisers with information regarding online traffic, web pledges, listeners, etc.

Paula is going to request more information and a possible meeting time with OCF to get

more information about the socially responsible fund.

Meeting ends at 5:20

Next Finance Meeting will February 21st at 6pm at KBOO.

no

2013 FY

2013 FY

The 2013 fiscal year runs from Oct 1st 2012 to Sept 30th 2013. 

* Please note that documents posted here may include drafts and other management materials that are not intended to represent a legal or final record of the corporation.

no

2012 Finance Committee Minutes - 11-20

Finance Committee meeting:  11-20-2012

Attendance:

Debbie Rabidue, Erin Brand, Rolf Semprebon, Kurt Lauer, Paula Small, Alex Roberts, Matthew Bristow

Guest: Paychex HR Services: Mitchell Blake

Check In

Paychex HR Services:  Mitchell explains what is included with the monthly fees for the HR services.  This would replace our current price structure for payroll and 401(k).  Set up fees are $1500.  For an additional $500 a  month they would include HR services:

Employee handbook with company policies and full state, federal and local law compliance language.. The handbook is updated quarterly as needed to keep it compliant.

Review and input on job descriptions and employee FSLA classifications.

Employee Assistance Program and S125 with FSA elections.  Employee benefit program, unemployment and WComp administration.

Management and staff training in a hiring/firing, safety, OSHA, etc….

The Finance Committee does not have an official recommendation for the Board, but is impressed with and sees the need for HR professional support.

Internal Controls (Alex):  Alex hands out monthly Internal Controls report and check list.  He explains the procedures he uses for reviewing and verifying deposit activity to the check logs and to the bank statements online.  He explains other internal cash control procedures such as payroll review, checking the online bank activity for disbursements and verifying authorized bills to checks written.

 

Financial Statements (Debbie):  The Finance Committee reviews the FY12, September financial reports. (Financial summary is at end of minutes).  The Finance Committee discusses keeping an eye on development income streams and looking at the amount of the Board designated operating reserve and what financial reserves should be budgeted for a disaster preparedness plan.

Erin:  KBOO Operating Reserve Fund

My understanding is that this fund was established to provide financial security in the event of a major disaster or engineering meltdown at the station. Finance Committee is in the process of evaluating whether the current $200,000 (plus interest gained) is adequate. Here are some additional thoughts on the matter: 

-       This fund may be used in the time between an emergency situation (ie. Extreme equipment failure) and an insurance claim being made and money recouped. Is this fund adequate in this scenario given what we are insured for and the time it takes for insurance money to come our way?

-       KBOO Disaster Plan, do we have a basic idea of what needs to happen in the event of major damage to the station? What staff are necessary during this time? What equipment? Do we have access to a generator and fuel? What size generator would KBOO need to run for a day, a week, etc.? Other things to consider for staff and volunteer needs; food, transportation, portable toilets.

-       Beyond damage to the station itself, what is KBOO’s role in a major citywide or regional disaster? What would it look like for KBOO to provide information and resources to our listeners and web patrons during/after a major flood, earthquake, etc.? What are the absolute essentials for staff and engineering equipment? How far would $200,000 go?

 

There will be no finance meeting in December.

 

Commitments and assignments:

 

·         Finance Committee will work on researching what extra costs would be incurred in the event of a natural disaster (such as generators, etc).  Debbie will see if the staff has a disaster preparedness plan.

·         Matt will work on reviewing the 3 month operating reserve amounts based on historical numbers.  Debbie will send Matt historical financial material for analysis.

·         Debbie will send Kurt and the FC a report on full time and FTE numbers for as many of the past years as she can locate.  FC would like to look at the change in FTE and how many used to operate the station.

 

 

Financial Summary: September 2012

Debbie Rabidue, Finance Coordinator

 

Balance Sheet Highlights

  • Available fund balance is $282,027 of which $200,000 is the operating reserve, which is pretty close to what the cash in the bank was at this time last year.  Budget cuts for FY12 and decreased spending in engineering have helped to stabilize the cash reserves.
  • The OCF Endowment balance is $198,511.  Market activity continues to fluctuate up and down, but overall the endowment is showing better strength by almost $12,000 compared to this time last year.
  • Accounts Receivable is low and represents current collectibles.  The Accounts Payable consists of bills due at the end of September that was paid in early October.  $253 in the over 90 column represents stale dated checks that were voided at fiscal year end.  New checks will be written for these in FY13.
  • The Balance Sheet remains healthy with no significant short or long term liabilities.  Although our fixed assets are greatly depreciated.  The Grant Receivable reflects the money that the Pendleton (KBLU) group still owes us for expenses we paid out on the construction permit/license.

 

Income Statement Highlights

    Income

  • Membership income was close to last year at this time.  This fiscal year, membership income is about $7,400 over what was budgeted.  The Fall Sweepstakes was cancelled. Membership revenue will be reconciled as part of the fiscal year end prep, so the item amounts will change, but the overall revenue should be the same.
  • Events and Development income was $20,000 under budget for FY12.
  • Underwriting and Advertising revenue is close budget, and almost $8,000 more than last year at this time.
  • SCA Contract income was not budgeted for FY12, but we received $6,400 which helps to make up for some of the other income that was under budget.
  • Board Led Fundraising was below budget expectations by $4,200 and will add to the deficit.

 

   Expenses

  • Employee expenses are under budget.
  • Professional Services was over budget by $8,500.  This was largely due to over spending on legal services:

$2,602.55

 

Legal:  General FCC

$8,931.48

 

Legal: FCC regarding Chehalis frequency

$1,160.90

 

Legal: General employment- Staff

$4,057.52

 

Legal: Employment - Board or Pers. Com

 

 

 

$16,752.45

 

Total

  •  
  • Engineering Expenses are under budget by $5,600 due to cost controls on repairs.
  • Postage was under budget by almost $10,000.
  • Development/Promotional Expenses were under budget by $5,400.
  • Bankcard/Bank fees wereover budget, but this is due mainly to having increased credit card payments during the membership drives, increased monthly EFTs and a substantial increase in online giving in December.  Bankcard fees were budgeted at around 1.15% of membership income and the actual cost is running at 1.4% of membership revenue.

 

Operating Bottom Line

  • Revenues are over budget by $7,400, but almost $30,000 less than FY11.  This is mainly due to development/events not meeting budget, the loss of one subcarrier lease, and the PTFP/NTIA grant we received in FY11.  Expenses were under budget by $18,000, and down by $73,000 from FY11.  Major areas of decreased spending for this FY compared to FY11, are in budget cuts to employee expenses and we spent $20,000 in FY11 for the development of the Strategic Plan.  We currently have an operating deficit of $11,000 which is better than budget by just under $4,000 and better than last year by $44,000.  The Board could have eliminated the FY12 deficit if the Board would have been able to meet the fundraising goal and would not spent extra money in legal services.  The FY12 budget cuts to employee costs are the main reason for the large difference on the deficit for FY12 compared to FY11 and previous years.

Upcoming financial information:

·         KBOO received a restricted grant of $25,000 from Meyer Memorial Trust.  This will fund Board Training and Policy Development in FY13. The expenses will go in to next fiscal year.  This will not affect the bottom line since the income will have matching expenses that were not budgeted.

 

Note:  Numbers in the highlight summary have been rounded for ease of the reader; refer to financial statements for actuals

no
AttachmentSize
Finance Committee meeting 11-20-12.pdf85.98 KB

CPA Audited / Reviewed Financial Statements

Per KBOO's By-laws, the Foundation requires an audit or review, which is a professional examination of the financial transactions of the Foundation by a CPA.

no

FY 2011 CPA Review of Financial Statements

Visibility
Site category: 
KBOO Station News

Independant CPA Review of the fiscal year 2011 financial statements

AttachmentSize
FY2011-CPA Reviewed Financial Statements.pdf597.72 KB

FY 2008 Audited Financials

For FY 2008, KBOO's bylaws required an audit. Attached is the result of that audit for FY2008.

no
AttachmentSize
FY2008 - KBOO Foundation Audit.pdf67.13 KB

FY 2009 & 2010 Audited Financials

For FYs 2009 & 2010, KBOO's bylaws required an audit. Attached are the results of that audit for both FY 2009 & FY2010.

- Management Letter

- Audit Letters

- Audited Financial Statements

 

no
AttachmentSize
KBOO Final Management Letter 9.30.2010 COLOR.pdf232.38 KB
KBOO Final Audit Letters 9.30.2010 COLOR.pdf2.6 MB
KBOO Final Financial Statement 9.30.2010 COLOR.pdf2.58 MB

990 Tax Returns

Visibility
Site category: 
KBOO Station News

990 and CT12 filings for the KBOO Foundation

AttachmentSize
KBOO Foundation- Final 990 2010.pdf2.46 MB

Personnel Committee

The personnel committee shall advise the Board of Directors regarding the corporation’s personnel policies and practices.

If you have any questions, please contact Zale Chadwick.

Programming Advisory Committee

The Programming Advisory Committee is made up of the Program Director, Program staff, a Board representative and volunteer members.  The Committee is tasked with advising the Program Director on programming changes, schedule and evaluations.

Click here for a May 2010 update on the Programming Excellence project

Click here for information about the current schedule and process for programming changes.

The committee is trying to update the posting of our past monthly minutes online, and will try to post the future meeting minutes in a timely manner once they are approved by the committee.

The Programming Advisory Committee meets at KBOO 's studios on the second Tuesday of every month from 7 - 9 pm.  Meetings are open to all members and volunteers in good standing.

14 December 2010 Program Committee Meeting Minutes

Programming Committee Minutes – December 14, 2010

Present: Roger Warner (Acting Chair) Chris Merrick (Minutes) , Rebecca Nay, John Mackey, Kurt Lauer, Paula Small, Per Fagereng, Vicki Creel (Redwillow), Becky Chiao, Daniel Flessas.

Absent: Jay Bozich, Samantha King, Ed Kraus.

Excused absence: Rabia Yeaman, Kathleen Stephenson.

Guests: Sekoynia Wright, Terrel Lowery, Cashis Game, Antone Jarrell, Mel Reslor, Shusli Baseler, Eugene Johnson, Bill Flood, Josh Harper.

Reports

Chris: working on MLK Day, Winter Drive specials, finishing the PRETC grant report, updating quarterly PTFT grant report, some work on management policy revisions, will be out of town end of December.

Rebecca: New recruits in training for Friday news, hoping for a weekly half-hour of “deep investigative pieces.”

Becky: Board meeting on December 20, the board would like to review the program committee schedule of renewing all programs only once every two years, is that enough?

John: Digital Editing Room is finished, back online, Studio Two next in January. Some public affairs such as talk shows can continue in the room but the mixing deck will be out of service for several weeks.

Program Proposals

Josh (returning from November) presented written proposal and demo CDs. Proposal for a 16-part series of mixtapes. Questions about timeline, weekly? monthly? Language problems before 10:00 pm? Josh says edited content if necessary, he would aim at 7:00 – 8:00 pm for example. Would he continue the show after 16 weeks? Maybe yes, maybe no. Could put together a “mix” collective for a future proposal. Podcasting a definite goal.

Mel - proposal for “hot issues” at midnight, news, interviews, commentary, some rebroadcasting of daytime public affairs. Questions about late nights, would listeners tune in for P.A. at midnight? Maybe yes, maybe no. Mel hopes to stimulate a collective to produce more content in the future, though he has a lot of archive material. Mel also has a website entry called “The Language Room,” check it out.

Proposal by Sekonia, Paula, Keller Henry, and Nia Lewis for a new show to replace “Hard Knock Radio.” A new collective for African American news and interviews. Paula suggests every other Thursday to start, as a lead-in to her music show. If successful, maybe expand to weekly. “In the Kitchen” is tentative title.

Terrel, Cashis, and Antone presented their proposal for a weekly show (7:00 – 8:00 pm as well), for local, as well as international interviews of relevance.“Community Round Table” is working name. Possibly every evening? Weekly okay. They suggest a 50/50 mix of public affairs and music, à la “Hard Knock Radio.”

At this point Rebecca pointed out that “Hard Knock Radio” is on the Pacifica chopping block, so we are definitely looking for local replacement programming.

Strategic Planning

Bill Flood outlined the process and goals of the strategic planning committee. Some concern about whether all meetings are closed to the public, Bill suggests that the committee has specific things it meets about, but will have open meetings over the next twelve months, and will be interviewing staff and volunteers about how KBOO works. Will also produce a big honkin’ survey about all KBOO programming in 2011.

Free Speech Radio News

Rebecca states FSRN will cease as of December 23. They will offer “best of” reruns. What? We will need immediate replacement news at 5:30 – 6:00 pm each evening. Suggestions include:

  1. An hour-long local newscast
  2. More “Counterspin” type shows
  3. Other Pacifica syndicated news shows
  4. “War News,” (weekly) produced at Dartmouth(?)
  5. A Vancouver (Washington) – specific newscast
  6. State legislative report once a week
  7. Spanish newscast once a week (maybe on Tuesday?)

News department will be meeting this week and work out a schedule. Jenka Soderberg may be in town, will join in if possible.

Thursday Indian Program Decision

Update on proposals for “Mitakuye Oyasin” with Jim Craven and Dean Lookinghawk, and “Tillicum Wawa” with Shusli, Eugene, and Redwillow. Analysis of the two shows, note for record that MO was on probation as of the August program committee meeting, and that we asked TW for a pilot program, which turned into three pilot programs.

M/S/P to have “Tillicum Wawa” on every week, 6:00 – 7:00 pm. Rebecca and Chris will work out the schedule and talk to Jim and Dean.

MLK DAY

Monday, January 17, 11:30 am – 6:00 pm. No producer as yet, everything else is pretty much the same. Paula asked about board members being there for outreach, why not? said the committee.

Winter Drive

January 27 – February 5. Several music specials, a News and P.A. Day on February 4th. Goal is fifty big ones.

Program Committee Listening Party

We all forgot that we scheduled a listening party on Sunday, January 9, to listen to a bunch of airchecks and get the ball rolling on critical listening and program renewals. Rebecca volunteered her house. Chris will e-mail the committee to get the schedule and list of shows together.

Adjourned at 9:13 pm.

8 June 2010 Program Committee Meeting Minutes

Program committee meeting

6/08/2010
Present: Chris, Kathleen, Jenka, Ed Kraus, Roger Warner, Rabia Yeaman, Kurt Lauer, SW Conser (late)
Absent (without excuse): Bill Resnick, Daniel Flessas, Deena Barnwell, Maura Cullen, John Mackey, Samantha King, Red Willow, Per Fagering
 
Jenka reports on Programming excellence grant – there will be a community gathering this summer as part of the grant to get feedback from programmers and community on this process –
 
Rabia and Ed Kraus – how will this be different from the last 9 months of program committee meetings? What will it entail?
 
Chris – This is part of the grant, with a detailed survey and detailed criteria – in an online survey, you only get a certain level of detail
 
Rabia – would like to see a technical quality survey online all the time to get feedback to volunteer hosts
-would like to get arbitron numbers, and an ongoing survey to measure listenership
 
Chris – There will be a survey as part of this grant, and not just one, but several surveys. Arbitron switched to a new system called the ‘people meter’, which increased the cost from $1200 to $7000
 
Kathleen – Are the goals of Programming excellence grant the same goals reflected in Programming Excellence grant – they may be different goals.
 
Roger – There should be things in the survey to ask people about the programs they listen to – some of the questions on the past survey are questions that should remain on a future survey. Could there be program-specific questions?
 
Rabia – for the survey, should be limited to five questions.
 
Jenka – which 5 questions do you suggest?
 
Roger – maybe 5 questions, then something at the bottom for a longer form – also, use an on-air spot.
 
Kurt – Not sure of role as Board member – should I participate in discussion, or just listen?
--response from several people: participate in discussion, bring summary back to Board
What is the purpose of survey? To determine who is listening to what?
 
Chris – We have a survey for the grant which is about the technical presentation of programs – we’d also like to do a survey on how many people are listening, and to which programs.
 
Kurt – The survey should include on-air spots and it should be on the front page of the website. Also, should include a list of all programs, and people can pick which programs they listen to.
 
Ed – Drive numbers came in for the winter drive, did we get numbers like that for the spring drive? (Not yet)   Also, can we get a printout of webcast numbers? That would help in measuring audience. What is currently on the plate for program committee to address? Sundays? Afternoons?
 
Chris – Monday 2-4, Friday 1:30 – 4 currently open for proposals. After we get through program evaluations for Sunday afternoons, we will address Sundays as well.
 
Jenka – The timeline says we should have a decision on the afternoon music programming by the end of June.
 
Chris – won’t happen by then, should be able to do it in July. There are people auditioning on Monday and Friday afternoons – Matt Clark - Monday Sampler on Monday, Samantha and Red Willow – Indian Country on Fridays.
 
Roger – Matt Clark’s show is consistent when it’s a music program, but he often does a hybrid show with movie reviews, news, stories, interviews, which is not as compelling. Also, Roger did minute-by-minute eval of Indian Country – music selection weak…..the show could be compelling as a hybrid/public affairs show on a shorter time slot. Would like to listen to it more.
 
SW Conser – John Talley used to have native musicians live on the air, this is something that’s lacking.
 
Rabia – noted quality issues with Indian Country
 
Kathleen – would be interested to know how connected this show and Mitakuye Oyasin are with the local native community.
 
Chris – hasn’t received any feedback from native community – on the show, the hosts take callers from people who say they like the show, but without any significant content
 
Rabia – thinks it’s a good idea for new proposals to submit a cd along with their written proposal
 
Kurt – thinks there should be three recorded shows recorded as an audition
 
Ed – What shows are requesting the Friday slot?
 
Chris – two people have proposals for folk/bluegrass hybrids – one person proposing for Friday could be on Monday but prefers Friday. Would be better to have 12 – 2 and 2 – 4 slots.
 
SW Conser – doesn’t think it matters as much whether a show ends at 1:30 or 2, but whether it’s compatible with what comes next.
 
Ed – There is a tension between a program that serves a specific community (like the Yiddish Hour) and one meant to draw in listeners.
 
Rabia – A good program can do both. Question – can people be required to submit a demo before they go on the air?
 
Jenka – asks Chris whether the people who have proposals in now have submitted pilot programs.
 
Chris – no, the current proposals are written only – there is a question of whether someone who prepares a good demo could do ok on the air, and they should be tested on the air.
 
Jenka – there are some hosts who simply can’t prepare a good demo, so at least they could be weeded out at that stage. Also, could there be a late night slot for on-air auditions?
 
Chris – We could use the 5th week of the month, when there are no shows scheduled for certain time slots – like Friday 10 to midnight.
 
Roger – there’s a 5th Friday in July, and one in October.
 
Chris – tries to fit the show with the timeslot – should fit the genre of what’s already on.
 

May 2010 Program Committee Meeting Minutes

Minutes of 5-12-10 Programming Committee Meeting
In Attendence:
Redwillow, Jenka, Samantha, Deena, Kathleen, Chris, Conch, Per, Rodger, and Ed


Drive report from Chris
Have received 78K toward a goal of 95K
Raffle tickets will possibly provide a net 48k. First time we have legally been able to do a raffle.
Lawsuit update
The suit was dropped. Legal fees of 48K to defend the against the suit.


PTFP grant update
Grant was applied for in order to replace for mixers and other equipment  by John Mackey and ? Was approved and equipment will be in July.


Kathleen’s report
Has been working on drive and doesn’t have a report.
Jenka has been awarded a ? fellowship from Stanford and will be in Palo Alto in the summer.
Programming Excellence grant money has to be spent by the end of the year.
John reported that the remote control signal has down for about 2 hours this last week and he investigated the cause. No error messages were transmitted. Harris Field rep was checked with.
Remote control circuit may need to be replaced at a cost of 5k to 5500.


Live remotes
June 26th No Fest experimental music
Blues Festival
July 31st Hawthorne Bridge Festival Live on the Bridge
Pickathon Bluegrass Show August
Jenka suggested that we do some fundraising at the live remotes.
New equipment: have a new device a “tie line”. Used for bringing in audio for remote broadcasts.
A memorandum of understanding regarding the remotes.

Monday and Friday Schedule

Monday afternoon 2-4
All that airtime is up in the air
Auditions will be coming on at those times
Afrotainment
DJ Keiz
Redwillow and Samantha have a proposal in for a Native American show.
Folks will be putting in demos in through May.
Rabia suggested that we use drive pledge numbers from the last 3 pledges for the suggested shows and the arbitron numbers to guide decisions for the programs.
Proposals from Flower Elliot, Nick Walker and Matthew Clark and Feliz Pinquil were distributed.


Discussion about podcasting
Rabia talked to Lucia programming for the Italian Hour regarding being a model for biliqual shows and she has done an essay regarding this type of show. How she raises money through her show and this could possibly become a standard. Jenka asked for a copy of the essay for use for the station.
Chris said he would send Samantha and Redwillow’s proposal to the committee.
Marian?  Wants to do a German show. Kathleen suggested that she submit a demo in June.
Question about Flower Elliot’s proposal. Was it complete or sent to Chris by e-mail.
Two two hour slot or 1 and ½ hour slots?
Discussion about blocks and strips.
Discussion about the website not being user friendly. Can’t find the entire programming grid easily.
Rabia discussed the programmer centric and whether it is listener focused.
Wants to have some decisions  for Mondays and Fridays schedules maybe made by the end of June and the next programming committee meeting. Chris will send out e-mails about the proposed shows so that we can listen and evaluate the show.


Discussion about evaluation of programs and a four week review and critique done by Kathleen, Jenka and Chris so that programs could improve.
The committee members could do a minute by minute evaluation new program goes on 30 days after starting.
Chris wants the committee to consider compatible programming and would maybe like 3 shows as opposed to two hour ones.
For the June meeting we will invite the current Monday or Friday programmers to come to the meeting and speak for a short time to promote their show. Chris will send e-mail to the committee members to remind them to listen to those proposed shows.
Goal is to get the weekend time slots filled before Jenka leaves for her fellowship.
It was decided that Rabia would serve as chair of the committee, will take over for Jenka until she returns.


Web page database discussion.
Replacement for instant replay is operational. It’s the Booplayer and may be marketable to other stations.

Submitted by Redwillow
 

April 2010 Program Committee Minutes

 

Program Committee Meeting 041310
 
Attending: Roger Warner, SW Conser, Samantha King, Don Jacobson, Per Fagereng, Bill Resnick, Brianne Hughes, Robert Barncord, Kathleen S minutes. Rabia Y is sick. Chris is ? Red Willow (9Pm)
 
 
Staff Reports
Jenka reports on Drive starts Apr 29th. Goal 95 thousand. Specials include News PA Day on 5/7. Stevie Wonder Day on 5/6. Sun Lee is designing a flyer for the specials. Mother’s Day special starting at 8 PM-6AM on May 7th. Don J doing a Pete Seeger on May 14th – he doesn’t know if it is going long.
Also Earthday specials on April 22. Tomorrow Wed 4/14 at 5:30 there is a planning meeting for Earthday. 12 hours of PA and 12 hours environmental sounds. We will offer the KBOO flashdrive as a thank you gift of PA Audio.
Kathleen – Membership Drive prep, Earthday prep, Strategic Planning meetings, Anti-oppression training.
 
Public Comment:
Don Jacobson discusses his proposal for “The Long and Dusty Road” 2 hours/week. Proposing this for the 1:30-3PM slot on Friday.
 
Jenka says she has a proposal for a weekly economics show from Jim Craven.
 
Jenka says we need Chris for the afternoon update.
 
Committee Responsibilities:
 What does the Committee do? The last goals were for last year. Improve quality and scheduling to better serve the community and improve sound. Community Excellence Grant.
What do we see as the Committee’s Responsibility. Roger says we advise staff on what to do. Who is our board liaison? Not here tonight. What is the Comm currently doing? We are finishing the afternoon schedule changes, looking at Sundays and re-evaluating evening schedule. Jenka needs more people to fill out minute by minute log for any shows. If you have time, talk to J and she will give you info or a CD for listening. So another role for the Comm is evals. Are we fulfilling our by-law directive? Daniel suggests that we solicit more info from the community. Different ways to do that…Ask on air for calls, do another survey, check the website for a survey. There are so many communities to reach that we need to get programmers to go out in the community. Daniel says there is concern in the African American community about a loss of presence on the station.
Jenka says working with the outreach and development committees would be good. How to survey non-listeners??
Is there a need for the committee to change the by-laws to do better work. Outreach? Meeting schedule? Roger asks how do you schedule a meeting for people not working 9-5 schedule.
Jenka asks if we could figure out a way to provide child-care. We might get more parents.
After the drive we hope to schedule another community meeting to get feedback on how we are doing.
Bill says we are barely able to evaluate shows. In fact we don’t do a good enough job to provide feedback on a consistent basis where they would be able to keep up and improve.
If you hear something on a show, pass it on to the staff person overseeing that show ASAP.
We are starting to have listening sessions, but it’s hard to get people to come to them.
We used to have sun-setting of shows. Everyone reapplies every year with the submission of an air check.
Also each new show should have an eval after 3 months. We are not doing that.
 
General agreement on improvement that has happened since we started the excellence trainings and evals. People say they learned a lot from Marilyn Pittman trainings.
Jenka suggests a self-evaluation and filling out of minute by minute form by shows each year.
Bill says we have to keep repeating the fundamentals. Like coaching the football team.
Kathleen sees the need for a system of follow-up after the initial evaluations of programs. This means a regular procedure to keep listening and evaluating.
Roger suggests some kind of feedback system on the website – here is a survey to complete on a show you are listening to.
 
Samantha asks about website comments – how does the programmer tell people to access the comment function on the website?
 
Jenka says there was a workshop at NFCB last year given by another pd who gives lots of feedback to programmers. Maybe he doesn’t do anything else?
 
 
Listening Session
There was a suggestion that we listen to samples of proposed programs…Jenka brings in a sample of “Monday Sampler.” The Committee listens.
Comments include: Beginning should be tighter, lay-out what you are going to do, don’t narrate your process. Does his hybrid show work? Do people who want music only stay tuned through the talk?
Conch says we seem to have lost two of the best odd-ball shows – Occidental Tourist and Lisa Loving’s show. Would Kathy alternate with Matt?
Matt trying to play material that has wide appeal, feel-good music, says Daniel.
 
Indian Country – opens with AIM theme song – perhaps microphones not on? Level on Samantha is too loud. Does Louis have headphones on? “Okay” – Beware of saying this everytime you go on microphone. Calendar listings with drumming in the background. Weak preparation. They seemed surprised by each segue. Music selection was trite or played out. Try to play different music. Broaden the music selection. Good community outreach – inclusion of events, voices, not just friends and family etc.
Need to work on introduction to the show – what do you want to do – lay it out there.
 
Movin On with Don Jacobson – Gives show and legal ID. Beginning of show includes standard beginning with Will Geer reciting Woody Guthrie and then goes into instrumental. Don reads underwriting. Intro to Dan Hicks new Cd – level too loud at the beginning. Dan h does Bob Dylan. Then goes to theme after set and re-ID’s tracks – interesting asides. Back to theme before next set. Good back announcing and good variety. Next tune is too loud at first.
 
Don says he is interested in doing live music…themes Earthday, MLK, etc.. Tries to be inclusive. How is Long and Dusty Road different from MO…Probably have slightly more traditional music. Would give up spot on Movin On. Wants to be on every week so he can build audience. Don reads “Sing Out” magazine regularly. Tries to go between new and archived material. Wants to get live musicians twice a month. Like they are performing in your living room.
 
Samantha will do another Indian Country this Friday from 1:30-3PM. Don says Chris has CDs of Don’s shows for people to listen, if needed.
We do not know when a decision will be made about this open slot.
 
 

9 Feb 2010 Program Committee Minutes

 

Feb 9 2010   Program Committee Minutes
.
7:10 come to order Attendees:
Jenka Soderberg, Rabia Yeaman, Chris Merrick, Ed Kraus, John Mackey (seated tonight), Kathleen Stephenson, Samantha King, Roger Warner, Carmen Martin-Stiles, Bill Resnick
Partial attendees: SW Conser(Conch), Daniel Flessas, Joe Azevedo
Public attendees: Matt Clark(Monday 2pm), Robert Barncord(taking notes), Edith Molina,.Don Jacobson, Shaheed Haamid, Ruth Parra(Tonalli)
Absent: Red Willow (excused), Genevieve (quit)
 
Board Chair Jenka addresses consensus process at meetings, using printed handouts.
 2-page handout describing possible methods of decision making at meetings.
1-page of Committee policies.
Vote taken on how to indicate strength of agreement on any proposal – method adopted is a show of hands with number of fingers showing degree of approval. Members approve the method with average
Jenka asks for public comment or proposal.
Moving on host wants to continue, feeling satisfied with time slot, could program another hour if needed. 
Matt Clark wants to continue Monday afternoon and Gremlin Time – maybe move radio theater to an earlier time in the day.
Ruth Parra indicates satisfaction with her show – Tonalli, Tue 2:30 – 4pm.
Kathleen Stephenson has been busy doing evaluations and planning for International Womens Day programming and all the usual daytime news/public business and specials. No proposals.
                Ed Kraus questions how the evaluation process is going. Kathleen is positive about the evaluations being useful in helping show hosts to see in detail how they could improve their presentations.
.
Jenka announces that Arthur Davis was laid off. Chris Merrick will be the acting point of contact for Station Manager, while the station undergoes a process of administrative restructuring.
Chris announces the next pledge drive for May.   Program notes: 
                Open slots – Jamilah Bourdon is gone. Tinman Alley is going to be ending, leaving an open slot. Alternating slots of Afrotainment will be open at the end of Feb.    Saturday evening possible changes discussed. Saturday morning Swing&Country host needs replacement – not known if temporary or permanent.
.
                Jenka says Haiti fundraiser will be next Thursday (Feb 18), and presents numerous details of the day-long event. It will be done in the same manner as a pledge drive, for one day, all proceeds going to the people of Haiti. Samantha expresses concern about reliability of sending cash to Haiti. 
               
                Jenka announces new training sessions for host training – Program Excellence –
.
Jenka establishes process for making a list of who is next to speak during discussions. Asks attendees to raise hand if they have a comment.
Jenka announces annual certification process for all programmers.
Ed Kraus approves of staff communicating to all KBOO peopl e through the website policies of behavior.
.
FIRST agenda item
Chris gives handout of daytime weekday afternoon suggestions from himself and another from Jenka.
All proposals are for music programming, with changes in times and days.
                Chris handout contains three proposals for daily show shedule changes noon to 4pm slot.
                Chris explains thinking behind his proposals, in detail. Listenership is down. Will changing shows bring listener number up? It is unclear. Consensus tonight on these proposals is crucial.
Tom Hartman has sent info about his syndicated program for consideration by the station……..
Discussion begins. Comments and questions:
.
 Rabia suggests that keeping music from noon to 4pm is not a real change, it is just reshuffling the same shows. KBOO could contemplate a more radical change in this timeslot (daytime afternoons).
Daniel asks why the suggestions involve moving Espanol to Friday. Chris responds that this is the result of a lot of discussion with all parties involved, and he explains in detail. Jenka agrees.
Conch suggests a different option of moving shows to include World Music on Friday. Then says Tom Hartman could be considered as a show host.
Ed K. says Tom Hartman idea should be addressed at a later time in detail, seriously considering the proposal. Also prefers keeping noon-4 as music.
 Don says Moving On changing to Monday or Tuesdaywould alter the entire nature of the show, to probably not include live music anymore.
Daniel says Moving on could accommodate the change and survive.
Matt says interaction on-air with listeners is a good idea to determine what the audience thinks.   Has ideas about Tom Hartman, or another political comment call-in show host.
Edith says Spanish language shows connect with a large audience, and KBOO shows are the only ones who address community news and public affairs, and the KBOO mission statement includes this policy of outreach to the underserved communities.
John Mackey says Espanol KBOO shows are well known in Portland by his experience. Tom Hartman, once again, sounds good, but should be addressed soon in a special meeting, to get resolution.
Kathleen asks how Friday Espanol would work, in detail. Chris responds, in detail, about why the suggestions are what they are.
Ruth asks about proposed changes to Espanol shows.    Defends current timeslot and format, indicates reluctance to change.
Carmen supports Friday for Espanol.
.Comments done
.
Jenka asks for straw poll for the 4 sets of proposed changes to indicate general consensus.
General discussion ensues, discussing details of each proposal. 
Option 1 – 3 hands; Option 2 – 0; Option 3 – 6; Option 4 – 1…………………………..
Second show of hands is the same Option 3 gets 6 votes. 
Option 1 supporters asked for comments by Jenka –
Carmen supports keeping her show on Friday; Samantha supports proposals that include open slots; Bill says KBOO tradition is important – Chris explains proposals in detail;
 Jenka says she has confidence that show hosts can accommodate changes successfully; Ed K asks Carmen about how KBOO as a community can help her keep her show successful if it is moved to a different day – Carmen states what the difficulties would be for her;
.
Chris says lets go with Option 3, it could work. Samantha asks about the monthly open slot on Monday at 2pm. Yes, there will be an opening.
 Jenka mentions Spanish language openings on Sunday.
.
Rabia asks about website issues for programmers. Technical discussion, no resolution
 
SECOND agenda item: Host Requirements…………..
Handout of 3 pages for show hosts, including Requirements. 
Jenka says take it home and read it, review it, bring it back to the next meeting.

12 January 2010 Program Committee Minutes

1. Agenda: Roll Call and Minutes
13 members were counted:
 Chris Merrick - Staff
 Kathleen Stephenson-Staff
 Jenka /soderberg-Staff
 Redwillow
Ed Kraus
Rabia Yamin
rogr Warner
Carmen Martin
Joe Esavato
Bill Resnick
Daniel Flessas
Samantha King
Conch
John Mackey-guest
Robert Vargar-guest
Robert Hamilton-guest
Bridget Sullivan-guest
Ryan Arshad-absent
Kathleen Report:
-Gone for a week and a half over Xmas.-Participated in some of the trainings in Dec, 09.-Continuing evaluationsand meetings with programmers.-Planning for Membership Drive. Guest, than you gifts, New and PA on Jan29, THeme is one year later-What do progressives do? And What does Oboma do next?-Quarterly reports for the FCC done on time.
Jenka- Working on :Membership drive. Special 12/30/09 1 year later-The Anniversery of the Isreali invasion of the Gaza strip. Make up classes coming up. Ongoing evaluation f programs. Producer grants-once a year. Asked if enough money will hopefully to go to training for M-P training.
Chris-Pledge Drive. MLK Day Amin producer. We have 3 hours of Portland Music Awards broadcasting.
Mark Dasure- quiting KBOO. Possible on air complaint for" inapropriate content."
Erin Yanke is working on training. Last chance to do MP training - to be announced.
"Tammy and Alicia sounded good".
"Dicision Making Materials" -study , review and discuss at next meeting.
And the "Program Committee Reposebilities"
Goals are similar to 2009. Next meeting  know if ok for one  to participate only partially at Program meetings and still be counted as attending.
Minutes approved.
2.Election of New Officers:
Meeting approved rotating Secretary to take minutes. Samantha King took this meetings minutes 1/12/10.
Rabia and Conch were nominated for chair . Conch declined. Genevive and Jenka were nominated for Chair. Jenka was elected.
Rabia and Roger Warren were nominated for Vice Chair. Rabia was elected.
Joe and Genevive are board leasons.
3.Discussion for  Program scheduals:
Four new program proposals- American Indian. Indy ,(add two others at next meeting).
Complaints about 3 rotating hosts on "Movin' On" show. Define idenity of each show regardless of host.
We use outside evaluators. We voted on Wed and Thursday as is listed on the board and voted for.
Tues; Noon to 1:00pm  to pilot shows. Dates to be announced.
Monday: Noontime Jamboree to be followed by new programs
Friday: next meeting, mostly for Spanish programs.
Monday: 2-4 pm next meeting.
Talk of a possible retreat to hash out new programing
Meeting adjorned 9:00 pm

Program Committee 6/2011

KBOO Program Committee

Minutes 6/14/2011

 

Present:

 

Rebecca Ney-pm news

Per Fagareng

Rabia Yeaman--chair

Roger Warner

Kathleen Stevenson-am news

Chris Merrick-program director

Mel Reslor

Becky Chiao—notetaker

Reggae Bob

Kris Thomas

 

We started about 7:15 and met in the hallway because there was a volunteer orientation in the big room in the back.

 

Becky distributed the minutes from the April meeting.  The May meeting was cancelled because of the drive.

 

Reports

 

Kathleen--AM public affairs shows update and new programs

 

Old Mole Variety Hour completed, careful listening by volunteers and staff identified things that could be improved technological and content-wise.  The hosts got the feedback.

 

The Dirtbag has been completed, the host also filled out the forms so there was some consensus about possible improvements.  Kathleen may have found a volunteer to help some with the shows.

 

The Food Show is in flux, there is some feedback but completing it is is on hold

 

Voices from the Edge - 0 forms received
Presswatch - 1 form received
Between the Covers – Marianne Barisonek - 1 form received
Words and Pictures - 1 form received
Behind the Screen - 1 form received
Black Book Talk - 1 form received
Positively Revolting Talk - 1 form received
APA Compass - 0 forms received
One Land Many Voices - 2 forms received, evaluation in progress
It Takes a Village - 0 forms received
Community Grooves - 0 forms received
Digital Divide - 0 forms received

Most of the evaluation forms were completed by Per and Roger, one form was from Daniel.

It would be great if people would do more listening and fill out more forms for Kathleen.

 

Ed Goldberg is leaving he works at the classical station, so his Movie Talk slot will be open.  Kathleen is thinking of having people apply/audition for any type of arts show.  Rabia suggested something like reviews of websites.

 

PM News Report

 

This is Rebecca’s last meeting as the PM news rep for the committee but she will still stay on the committee as a volunteer and work on the program evaluation teams.

 

Ruth Kovach is moving back to Chicago and has been working to recruit new volunteers to host Prison Pipeline.  There will be a meeting next Monday night at 6 pm of several people who will audition for shows with the goal of having a collective to take over this important show.  We have 3 years of old show archives that we could also cull.

 

Reggae Bob said that he had been thinking about proposing a show for the Hard Knock slot but he will work on Prison Pipeline too to keep it on the air.

 

Roger agreed this is an important show.  Chris and Rebecca talked about recruiting people who had been in prison.

 

Rebecca suggested letting Labor Radio expand back to an hour on Monday nights.  Rabia said she has some reasons why she doesn’t support that, she thinks it is tighter now at 30 minutes.  Kathleen said that is a good thing to consult with Jenka about

 

Program Director Report

 

Chris is working on closing out the equipment grant, PTFP last step is filing a lien in Mult. County  on the equipment which is owned for 10 years by the govt.  We have to file a report once a year for 10 years until 2021.  Zale keeps track of the calendar/deadlines/reporting periods etc.

 

Jeff Lovell is contracted for 20-100 hours to evaluate our IT situation.  Rabia said that he is brilliant.

 

We’re flooded with requests for live remotes—No Fest and Blues Fest coming up, 1 day at Cathedral Park Jazz, 1 day of Pdx Pop.  Tom Hood is training people to do this.

 

There are also requests to go to shows, Rabia saw a show by the Sexy Water Spiders at a Record Store and said they were great.

 

We could use more volunteers who can do it, Tom can’t do them all himself.

 

Bob asked how many people do you need?  1 on site and 1 in the studio?  People said 2 on site minimum because of the mics and equipment and an operator here at the station.

 

Tom, VJ and Chris met with the Oregon Food Bank about the Blues Festival and they were starting to talk about next summer which is the 25th anniversary and how to make it really special.  The bottom line is that it is benefit for feeding hungry people.  We will integrate that into promoting the event.  We could also collect food here and get interviews from people who use the food bank and are hungry and play those on the radio-Kathleen said they are somewhat protective about identifying people who use the food bank’s services.  Maybe it could keep people’s identities anonymous.

 

Bob asked about the 3 day Reggae Festival.

 

We’ll do some live broadcasts from the Pickathon.

 

New shows Monday 2-4 alternating Matt and Randall—Chris would like it if people would evaluate them.  There is a new person Wednesday 3 am—Chris if anyone is up then.  They’ll be preempted on the Monday of the 4th of July so there are only 3 weeks before our next meeting.

 

Per has listened Mondays a couple of times, Per and Rabia had some comments, Chris asked them to put them in writing.

 

Rebecca said another new show Evesdrop on Thursday night could be evaluated.  Rabia said she thinks it worked when she listened to that they were talking about race, a tough topic in an informal way which was still substantive which she liked. 

 

Rabia said she is looking for contributors for The Digital Divide.  There is a flyer up and she has had one person contribute a 20 minute portion.  It is anything about technology.

 

Staff has been talking about membership drive specials—music or public affairs, and Erin Yanke is working on a guide on what makes a successful special.  She will take input from the program committee or anyone.  Certain things don’t work and there is no reason to preempt a successful show with something that doesn’t work.

 

Rabia asked Chris what does work—he said is should be more special than what it preempts.  If is it long there should be a group or team all working together on it, more people together doing segments keeps it lively and makes it seem more special.  With music people like boot-legs interviews things that aren’t available regularly.  The Bob Dylan 70th birthday special brought in more than it’s goal.  Rabia suggested that it works having a familiar artist than when it is a more obscure artist.  Name recognition helps.

 

If you do something like a history or a movement, you have to do a lot of promotion to educate the audience before hand.  Last minute specials don’t work very well.

 

Bob said, how about having the late night shows doing a special during prime time?

 

Roger suggests that live music works well-bluegrass example.  Artist theme which people don’t listen to much.

 

Rebecca experimented with public affairs special 7-8.  She said the Water Special was the star of the experiment in terms of raising money.  Going above and beyond what you ordinarily do—lots of extra work going into the special can be noticed by the listeners—getting more field recordings, big names.

 

Strategic Plan

 

Chris handed out parts that apply to Programming.

No one on the Program Committee  is on the Strategic Planning Committee so we didn’t really know if the board is looking for feedback from Committees.  If the board isn’t going to approve this right away, it would be helpful to have someone from the board or the Strategic Plan committee to let our committee know if we have time to look at it at the next meeting, maybe have a presentation.  He will talk to someone and let us know if there is time.

 

Becky said that as an individual board member she isn’t looking to approve the plan right away and asked if the committee wants time to review the plan and have input and if the Committee wants to do that she will take that back to the board.

 

Chris said he would like for the Committee to provide feedback to the board about what roadblocks to implementation there might be.

 

Roger referred to Action Step 2 on page 34 about once a year Programmer work sessions.  He felt it would be impossible to get everyone to come to a meeting.  Becky said maybe there could be an annual meeting that was not mandatory.

 

Kathleen and Rebecca think it would be useful if we had someone from the Strategic Planning committee to come to our next meeting.

 

Per referred to the Action Step 3 on pg 31 about Hood River and Corvallis which is controversial.  He says why not do mentoring to other communities, including Corvallis like with Pendleton—a network of local stations so that they can be self-sustaining.  Kathleen said we need more information, since a translator can’t be an independent station—you need a different license and different equipment.  Per said we should look into it because they have a spot on the dial.

 

Rabia expressed concerns about the grievance/appeal process mentioned on page 36.  She thinks it is very wrongheaded and that the Program Director should have the authority to decide what is on the air.  Kathleen said it could help if there was some way to direct controversies about cancelled shows that doesn’t take up a lot of Committee or Board time.

 

Becky said it would be good if the committee agreed with what will work or not work and them submit it to the board—that it doesn’t make sense to adopt a plan if the people who are going to be expected to implement the plan don’t have buy-in.

 

Chris talked about road testing—looking at some of the action plans and seeing how it might work or not work.

 

Roger said look at Action step 11 on page 36 about production teams. 

 

Currently there are 125 different shows per month so to create the teams we’d have to recruit 250 more volunteers to be on teams as peers.  Rebecca said there already are shows that have teams.  Kathleen said that the teams can include someone to help with things like uploading the audio which some hosts do need.

 

Rebecca said that every public affairs show should have a production team, but that music shows might not always need that.  She said it would help to have defined roles for people within a group.  How do you get a peer group for a music show?  Rabia said that it more for public affairs, to relieve staff.

 

Becky said since there is a lot of interest in people doing music shows, having teams would be a way to get more people involved and noted that this version of the plan is less specific than the draft which specified 4 people teams.  This seems more flexible.

 

Rebecca said we need to delineate roles for shows and that if a show can’t get the roles filled it might say something about the show.  Rabia said we could channel new volunteers in to roles.  Rebecca said we could have a board where people could sign up.

 

Per suggested teams for boarder time slots, not just individual show.

 

Rabia said she likes the idea of a collective rather than individual ownership about shows, with rotating roles.  But there can be difficulties.  Becky said if you just have a board with sign-ups what if someone signs up to help with a show and the host doesn’t like that person. Rabia said that might help with people who have too much of a sense of individual ownership over a show.  There could be benefits to the forced cooperation/collegiality so while it sounds impossible she is not opposed to it.

 

Bob said it is good for bringing in new people.

 

Rabia said it wouldn’t be one person’s show, it would be “the” show not “my” show and people collaborate and rotate through the roles.

 

Kathleen said that having a personality associated with a show can help to raise money.   Becky said there are also situations in which it is more the show than the host like the Grateful Dead and Bluegrass shows.

 

Becky will ask the Board for clarity and say that the Program Committee would like more information and to have input.  Bob suggested an on air discussion/debate about the plan.

 

Bob asked are you taking program proposals for the Hard Knock slot?  Yes—he  presented for someone who couldn’t come to the meeting because he is sick—Larry Collins an African American man who had a show called Collins Corner about 10 years ago.  He is on the Youth Gang Task Force, he has been on Lisa’s show.  He has some problems before in calling in when he couldn’t do his show and there was dead air.  Bob said he can and will apologize to Chris.  The proposal is a call in show for the African American community.  7-8 pm.  He has his pulse on the community.  Bob said he’d help.

 

The next steps for Larry would be to go through volunteer orientation, make sure he has been trained.  The form shows the training path.  If he goes through that, Rebecca said an audition would probably be possible.  By then Jenka will be back and she will be involved.

 

Kris said it is his second time coming to the meeting, it will take him some time to get a proposal together for a different kind of music show.  He has substituted on Afrotainment and got a lot of calls.  He interviewed someone.  He wonders where there would be a music slot like that.  He would like to add in live remotes.  He’s taken all classes.  There might not be open slots.  Rabia suggested buddying up with someone like Celeste.  Becky said maybe that is why we need to create the teams. 

Rebecca said fill out an actual program proposal.   Half the people who come in want their own music show.  Ani tells them you can be on a waiting list and suggests other ways people to volunteer in news or other things.  We want to be realistic with people currently we say there are no openings but people can go on a substitution list.

 

Bob said there should be a way for new volunteers to get involved.  Uploading shows, editing, engineering  etc.  Rabia said getting a lot of experience helps prepare someone to host a show.

 

Next meeting July 12

no

Program Committee 8/2011

Program Committee

 

August 16, 2011

 

Present—Jenka Soderberg, Chris Merrick, Becky Chiao notetaker,  Per Fagereng and Rabia Yeaman

 

Absent—Daniel Flessas is out of town, Kathleen Stevenson is on vacation, Mel Reslor is in finance committee meeting in the other room.

 

 

 

We changed the date this month.  All members acknowledged the change.  Jenka said one programmer took off work last week to come to the meeting, and can’t be present tonight.  She had a question about a leave of absence that Chris addressed.  Rabia asked who is subbing.

 

Rabia said the Hooligans may be available to sub when she is gone.  Chris said he would talk to Toni.

 

Issue:  Committee chair.  Rabia took over for Jenka while she was gone.  Chris nominated Jenka to be chair.  Rabia seconded it.  Discussion  Becky said does Jenka want to do it?  Jenka said depending on what happens with the budget, if she has enough time she will.  Rabia said that she thinks chairing a meeting is different from giving a staff report.  Becky said that the organization has to make sure that people are making more than minimum wage.  Chris withdrew his motion.  Rabia said we will talk about it next month.  She’ll chair until then.  There was a suggestion that Roger Warner may do it.

 

Mel gave Rabia some items—special programs 9/11?  Program committee packet for new committee members?  Chris said he will give Mel a copy tomorrow.

 

Jenka said she hasn’t made any decisions on Hard Rock Radio’s slot.  Sequoinia withdrew her proposal because she is moving back to Salt Lake City.  She is working with Craig on his submission.  Board candidate forum will be August 30 and 31 7-8pm.  Jenka is organizing a Village Building Convergence program on August 31 from 8-2.  There is an all-day September 11th special on Friday September 9th from 8-8  there is a meeting about that tomorrow at 7.  She is also thinking about Racism in Portland post-drive.  Prison Pipeline has a collective of about 8 people.  Jenka met with them.  They have all been training.  They are on Monday at 6:30 pm.  Membership drive October 6-21st.  She’ll be planning specials during that time.

 

 Becky asked some questions about the candidate forum and the drive.

 

Chris’s report—he has been working on the budget and the collective management proposal.  He and Erin Y are updating copyrights for a copyright class, and guidelines for what makes a good membership drive special, a checklist for live remotes which is different from the memorandum of agreement.  Beginning work on the drive, notifying people and trying to get some music specials.  He is revising the legal class with updated information from our attorney.  He is also trying to catch up with programmers to make sure they have signed Programmer Contracts.  Roger Leigh came in today to talk to the staff to explain what he has been doing, he gave a fairly detailed report including  accomplishments and obstacles.  He talked about hardware and software design and the future of the web.  The sense was that he puts a lot more time in than he gets paid for.  He did a four-page report.  Some of the obstacles had to do with staff continuity and communication, they will be working with him.

 

July Minutes—Chris brought copies.  Chris moves to approve the July minutes, Jenka seconded.  No one objects to approve the minutes.  Chris posts them on the bulletin board.  Becky asked if we are posting them on the web.  Rabia asked about the Programming blog, she would post them there and not just on her blog.

 

Jenka brought a proposal for Organic City Sounds from Evan Tenenbaum 7 minute-long pieces he is already producing on his website.  She said this should probably go to Kathleen since it is for a daytime program.  www.Organiccitysounds.com  Rabia said she would try to listen.

 

Becky made some proposals via email—1st was to replace Spanish Language programming with AAA music over time and to offer assistance in developing an HD radio station or give them the second webstream.  She said she talked to Larry Kleinman about Radio Movemiento in Woodburn and they are doing better than the commercial Spanish stations there.  They are 24 hours and recently upgraded their frequency.  We could work with them if we had a plan and could organize the latino community here.

 

Jenka said that in the next couple of years there will be multiple low power fm frequencies opening up and she has been talking to groups who are interested in getting a full-time low power Spanish language station.  She said that Sunday’s programming isn’t much different from what is on El Rey.  She also has the idea of doing live remotes from Saturday Market.  She said if we just cut Spanish Programming there will be some resentment.

 

Rabia suggested a larger program change which is counter programming to OPB—6-9 news and public affairs  9-12  music and 12-7 news and public affairs in the afternoon  and 7-night music.  She said it isn’t working to keep doing the same thing.  We could fill a music gap in the mornings.

 

Jenka disagrees that changing one day a week won’t make a difference.  When we changed Saturday’s format we did get more listenership.  Morning public affairs are currently the second biggest membership draws.  We could do damage to that strength if we changed.

 

Chris said the NFCB sent out the question—are you a community access station or a community service station?  Community access lets anyone in.  Community service looks at what the majority of listeners want.  The issue of Spanish programming raises the issue of whether we are community access or community service oriented. 

 

If we get to having a second web stream for internet programming, then we should focus the fm programming to more popular programming and have the more controversial/fringe programming would focus on the web, podcasting.  FM could be the middle of the bell curve, he presented that to the staff and they weren’t that interested.  Web on one end.   Jenka said that they way he presented it wasn’t very appealing.

 

We want to be true to the mission statement which is to serve underserved communities, social justice environmentalism.  Per mentioned that there are a lot of political issues in Latin America that our listeners would be interested in hearing in English.   He mentioned Carlos Chavez has done some good shows.  Rabia said she heard a show Armando did with a political guest. 

 

Becky said she was not suggesting an abrupt change, but she feels we should do something to reinvigorate our connection to the Latino community in Portland and she would continue to talk to people about it.

 

Strategic Plan follow-up—Plan mentions a Programmer meeting annually in September.  We should start planning this.  Part of this would be a survey—we can ask for ideas about how to use one fm signal, 2 HD stations, two web streams and podcasts on the web.   Looking at a 5 year plan—we can start now to get input on how to increase listenership.    We can address issues like Spanish language programming.    Another example is WILL a classical music station that put all world music on it’s HD band.

 

Per asked what are the numbers on radio vs. internet.  Jenka said that online is steadily surpassing the other media.    Chris said people who like the radio will listen on their phone or computer if it is available.

 

Chris said the next step will be to get programmers together to start talking about these issues as detailed in the Strategic Plan.

 

Rabia talked about the difference between the Programming Charter and the Mission Statement and wants to the Program Committee to make the Charter more concrete and less vague. 

 

Chris said some people think we should be more like Portland Cable access, where  the mission is just to train people and let them put on whatever they want.  Currently the public access model is contrary to the Program Charter.   Jenka said she thinks the Charter and mission of KBOO are pretty clear.  Becky said she would like to expand access to more people, but keep the mission of being an alternative to the status quo with the goal of making the world a better place.

 

Jenka said we could have the news as video.

 

We need to pick a day to have the Programmer worksession.  The annual meeting is Saturday September 17th.  What about Thursday night 7-9 or a Sunday 12-2?  Rabia suggests 2 ½ hour meeting. 

We can ask people to review ideas before the meeting.  Rabia said she can set up a Survey Monkey and compile the results before hand.   We will work on this via email in the next couple of weeks. 

 

Chris suggested Sunday 18th.  But Becky thought it would be too much for the staff to go to both in the same weekend.  Sunday September 25 12-2:30.  We will figure out where.

 

For consideration—Strategic Plan #5 Create and internal protocol to create a continuous feedback loop. Programmers have to respond to the feedback —what does that mean?  We have 6 months to work on that.   Does this mean online surveys?  Does this mean using facebook, email/websites or formal evaluations?   If there was a survey you’d then provide the information to the programmer.  A small percentage of people would answer the questions.

 

#6 rewrite the Programmer Contract, add things like web posting

 

#9 programmer’s bill of rights and appeals committee—we already have policies.  Is this necessary?

We don’t need another appeals committee when we already have the conflict resolution committee.  Chris and Becky will raise this issue with the Strategic Plan follow-up group.

 

Meeting adjourned at 8:53.

 

 

 

Strategic Plan Discussion

 

 

no

Program Committee Minutes 3/2011

KBOO Program Committee

Minutes 3/8/2011

 

Present:

 

Rebecca Ney

Per Fagareng

John Mackey

Rabia Yeaman--chair

Roger Warner

Kathleen Stevenson

Kris Thomas

Chris Merrick

Daniel Flessas

Mel Reslor

Paula Small

Terrel Lowery

Tone Jerrell

Becky Chiao--notetaker

 

 

Agenda

 

Reports

New Show Proposals

Renewal Schedule and Process

 

No minutes from January—meeting was “snowed” out

 

Reports

 

Ed Kraus and Vicki Creel have both resigned from the committee.  Mel is a new member.

 

Committee heard reports from staff.

 

German Stunde is running as a pilot 9 am Wednesday 3/30

Beyond Normal is a pilot on Fridays  not sure if they are being uploaded.

 

John Mackey asked if KBOO is going to move to the KPDX tower.  According to Chris, we have a contract through 2016.  This was deemed not to be a program committee issue.

 

 

New Show Proposals

 

Terrel and Tone brought back a show proposal they talked about in December.  It is for a replacement of HKR.  Hiphop in Portland and beyond, interviews with local people and basketball people around the world.  They have been doing some subbing on music shows.  They were asked to preproduce a 55 minute show, give a CD to Rebecca and she’ll air a pilot.

 

Josh (last name?)  came to suggest a show called Psychic Juke box.  This would be for a late night slot.  It’s not clear if there are any openings but he has done a substitute show.  The committee asked for a cd of a sound check from that show.

 

Program review process—how will we review each program at least once every two years?

 

Tentative process—at 3 month intervals  approximately ¼ of the approximately 120 non-syndicated shows would be reviewed.   Roger asked if we would work during membership drives.  To have a continual process, we probably would.

 

1st step (first month) –programmers in review group notified they have to apply for renewal.  They will be asked to fill out renewal form and do a self-evaluation. 

 

2nd step—people (members of the program committee?  Special listening squad recruited from volunteers?  Other programmers required to listen?) will listen to shows and fill out detailed review sheets (Chris handed out 3 different types).  Rebecca has volunteered to start recruiting and training volunteers to listen to shows.  We also talked about making it a requirement that programmers submit reviews for a certain amount of of other shows, but didn’t come to a consensus or vote about this. 

 

We will announce to listeners that the specific shows are being reviewed and seek their input using forms and perhaps online surveys.  Rabia volunteered to look into some sort of online form that would compile automatically.

 

3rd step  (completed by third month)—Program reviews will be assembled, summarized (by whom?) and program staff will give programmers feedback.  Three possible outcomes—1) program renewed all is good, 2) program has some issues to be discussed given time to correct, 3)  program cancelled.

 

We didn’t set how groups of shows would be scheduled for review—it could be done in blocks of similar types of shows or not. 

 

Kathleen has a list of shows that never had their full review in the Pittman grant process.  We will test this review process on them.  She handed out a list of shows.  Per listens to Old Mole, Paula will listen to the Thurs. shows.  Daniel, Becky and Roger will all listen to some shows.  Kathleen will inform the group and ask for self-evals and new forms if needed.  Rebecca will start organizing volunteers. We will see next month what progress has been made.

no

Program Committee Minutes 9/11

Draft

Program Committee

 

September 13, 2011

 

Present—Jenka Soderberg, Chris Merrick, Becky Chiao notetaker,  Per Fagereng and Rabia Yeaman, Roger  Warner, Mel Reslor, Rebecca Ney

 

We reviewed the minutes, Jenka made one clarification.  We talked about absences and excused Roger and Mel’s since we changed the date.  The minutes were approved.  Kathleen abstained from approving them because she wasn’t here.  Mel announced that he brought a bunch of plums that he picked this afternoon.

 

Joe Azevedo came as a guest with a proposal.  Jenka congratulated him for a write up in on a website out of Austin  Soundtap.  Joe said other Kboo shows were also featured. And that we should make more connections between them and programmers here.  He hadn’t heard about them before,  they found him.  They link to live shows.

 

Kurt Lauer passed by and said he missed this committee, it was his favorite and he would return.

 

Joe’s suggestion is that rather than having new music coming in to the station logged in a a physical book that they should be entered onto a blog.  Rabia said that the new releases are being typed into a computer, she is currently putting the information on her personal blog—she doesn’t have access to make a bigger blog.  Jenka said that she thinks VJ can create a new blog.

 

Chris said there is a volunteer who is currently working on incoming releases, but he doesn’t type in everything—what he sends Rabia is just a portion of all of the music that comes in.  Joe said that it makes sense to just enter the information once.  Chris said that he will look into this.  He and Brandon currently label by Artist Title Label and Genre and record it in a book.

 

Becky said that when starting a new you have to make sure you use the right system.  Jenka said that if you want the information available for the public then a blog, then she suggested adding it as a playlist called something like New Releases.  Rabia likes that idea too, you can highlight special things.  It would be a list and a way to promote the library, searchable and accessible.  Chris will give a progress report next month.

 

Reports

 

Kathleen had a good vacation.  She has been starting to work on Membership Drive books, specials and budget issues.

 

Jenka,  October 14th tentative News and Public Affairs days.  She is contacting filmmakers to get some DVDs as drive specials.  We’re trying not to pay for any thank you gifts.  She did two specials last week, the Village Building Convergence Special was 6 hours, live and prerecorded.  It got good feedback.  The second special was the 911 special that came off well, Jenka thanked the volunteers who helped.  There were some glitches with the feed from Canada, but it wasn’t that noticeable on the air.  We’re still playing Hard Knock Radio, there are a couple of proposals for that slot that she is still working with Programmers

 

Chris--Drive  Thursday October 6-Sat. October 22nd.  He is lining up Marvin Gaye and Jim Pepper specials  It is the 40th Anniversary of Jim Pepper’s first record coming out.  There is a live Remote at the Q Center next Tuesday, a one-hour show on the repeal of Don’t Ask Don’t Tell.  Jenka mentioned a contest to fill helium ballons to lift Chris into the air.  He is working on copyrights with Erin Yanke for the audio archive and a copyright class.  He is planning to get it done by the end of September.

 

There was a complaint about indecency for a program that is on after 10 pm.  There was some pre-editing of the show before it was aired.  A complaint was filed with the FCC, Chris told the person there is a First Amendment privilege after 10 pm.  The complainant is an attorney who said he will then file an obscenity charge (for which there is no 1st Amendment protection.).     So far we haven’t gotten anything from the FCC yet.  Chris is confident that the language is lawful, but it is annoying to deal with.  Chris is working with Tom on something.  He is going through evaluations of the Folk Espresso shows, there are some new programmers and a lot of different people on the air during the month at that time slot Monday-Friday.

 

Per asked about the 5X5 email he sent out from  NFCB.  He said it is about listener based interactive programming  and avenues for shared content like the site that featured the Melting Pot, the Yiddish Hour etc.

 

Chris informed us that Friday Midnight-3 am is now open.  Daniel quit KBOO gave up his show.  He will be auditioning people for the next couple of months.  There are already people interested.  He’ll try a variety of things, is not interested in just having it be an extension of Daniel’s show.  Kathleen asked how do you post that, Chris said an email and post it on the bulletin board.  The email will go out to all volunteers.  Becky C. said what about opening it up to the Portland Music Community?  Does someone have to already be a trained volunteer to audition for the slot?  Becky N. said that people who have put their time in should have a preference for having put their time in, a factor.     There was a discussion about whether there is some pre-requisite for coming in to audition for a show (there haven’t been that many music openings up over the years.)  A DJ can come in and join a collective and then go through volunteer orientation etc.   Becky C. asked is it better for listeners and the community to have wider publicity about the opening.  People were concerned that we currently tell people who want to get on the air that they have to sign up as a volunteer and go through the training programs.

 

Roger agrees that there should be auditions over the next couple of months and that it shouldn’t  just be given to “the friends of Daniel.”  

 

Rabia said we should set the genre—keep it the same as the Outside World which is eclectic, she would like to see the genre remain the same.  Chris said he hadn’t been thinking of that at all.  He wasn’t going to try to replicate The Outside World.  He was going to give people a shot to try something new.  He is not concerned about losing the current audience.  He would like people to have a chance to experiment.

 

Chris asked if people would prefer and eclectic or single format?  Kathleen talked about how you have to go with what you get to a certain extent.  She said it can be difficult to do a mixed format.  Becky C. asked if it has to be 3 hours.  Rabia said that the schedule was formatted to be consistent.  Chris said the shows all start at midnight but don’t all end at 3.

 

Chris said that he wishes we could talk about drive time programming because there are many fewer listerners in the middle of the night.  Rabia pointed out that it is drive time in Japan in the middle of night here.  Chris said he will post it and put it online.

 

NEEDS ASSESMENT MEETING—Thursday September 22 for Programmers 7-9?    Part of Strategic Plan Implementation.  There could be up to 50 people.  Not sure if there is space, there is a pitching training that night as well.  Chris handed out a rough drat of questions to be discussed at the meeting.

 

The questions are not just brainstorming, they take proposals from the Strategic Plan and highlight potential barriers  to making change.  

 

Jenka said that the way the questions are written, they invite controversy.  She pointed out that the Strategic Plan says to have meeting that gets Programmer input on community needs.  How about asking less loaded questions:  What do you as a programmer see as the greatest needs for programming in the next 5 years?  What are your top priorities?  

 

We might need some prompts .   Are needs equipment or other things?

 

Becky N. suggests  “How can we increase listenership while staying true to our Program Charter?”  The Strategic Plan assumes that programming must be consistent with the mission of the organization.

 

Roger said that there can be a backlash when we change the schedule. 

 

Kathleen said that we could as a group come up with questions. She worries about the timeline.  If we want significant attendance and prep time.  Chris did send out an email last week.  With the pitch trainings and the annual meeting, it could get lost.

 

Rabia said there is a timeline goal in the plan.   She said the Program Charter could change and there is a conflict between continued growth, existence and the charter.  The charter is in conflict with the ability of the station to get listeners.  This committee could discuss that.

 

Becky N. said the question “Can we grow the listenership with the current Program Charter?” is debateable and should be asked.

 

Rabia said some people might say there are things outside of Programming that could be done to increase listenership—promotion.  She proposes the question  “What would you need to do to increase listenership?”

 

Per asked, do we know how many people in Portland have never heard of KBOO?  Can we get that information?  What do people out there want?  What are they worried about?  What are their concerns?

 

Chris said, OK we can just ask a couple of basic questions and not anticipate the answers.

 

Rabia said that you could do an initial survey monkey with multiple choices—Sunset programs—never, every 2 years?

 

Becky suggested we come up with questions for an online survey to go out before 9/22 but not have the meeting until after the drive.

 

Rabia suggested:

 

1.        Should we eliminate increase decrease or keep the same Spanish-language programming?

 

Becky  said what about just asking increase decrease or keep the same (not say eliminate)  Kathleen asked about  foreign language programming in general.

 

How should KBOO’s programming be used to serve non-english speaking communities?

 

What communities are not served by KBOO that should be served?

 

2.        Should programs sunset  at 1 year, 2 years 5 years or never?  Attrition policy 

 

Per said sunsetting sounds like term limits.  It is a lot of work to review all the shows annually or bi-annually and problem shows can be identified by listening.  Jenka pointed out that unlike elected positions, programmers don’t have to run for reelection.

 

   Jenka suggested:

 

3.        How can KBOO connect to new audiences?  Locally, nationally and internationally?  New programs, promotion of new programs?

 

What do you need to attract more listeners to your show?  Training? Equipment?  Other types of help?

 

What are the three strongest shows or types of programs on KBOO, other than your own?  Based on the standards of Programming Excellence.

 

 

What are the three weakest shows or types of shows on KBOO?

 

What are the types of shows that you think will increase KBOO’s listenership?

 

What are the three types of shows that you think are not effective in meeting community needs?

 

What are the types of shows that you think won’t increase listenership but that KBOO still needs to do?

 

We are currently at 70% music 30% news and public affairs—would you keep that proportion the same or change it—increase music, decrease keep the same?  

 

What commitments are you willing to make to increase KBOO’s audience? 

 

Should the format of KBOO be more mainstream  if it would increase listenership? 

 

Should the format of KBOO be more uniform/target a niche if it would increase listenership?  Should KBOO switch to a single format if it would increase listenership?

 

Would a different format increase KBOO’s listenership?

 

How can KBOO utilize digital technology to increase listenership?

 

How can we address the current social issues in the broader world?  Why is the world going crazy?  Should we join them or resist? 

 

Is there any music that KBOO plays that calms you down or drives you crazy?

 

Would you be willing to let someone sit in on your show or have coffee with you as a Membership Drive premium?

 

Per said we should also do a market survey of the general population of Portland to find out how we can reach people who don’t know about KBOO.

 

Becky will send out these notes,  Chris and Rabia will set up a survey.  Chris will send out an email cancelling the meeting and asking people to fill out the survey by the end of the week.   Chris will send out the list of finalized questions before sending out the survey.  Kathleen asked if there is a way to make sure that people only fill out the survey one time.  Jenka said she thinks that you can keep a list of the email address of each person who fills out the survey.

 

What volunteer requirements should be required of programmers?

 

Should programmers be required to be volunteers for a specific length of time to get on-air?

 

If you are on the air, you have to volunteer.  If you volunteer you don’t necessarily get on air?

 

What can KBOO do to make more opportunities to get more people on-the air?

 

Becky C. said that the staff should think about the answer to the question—what is needed to make more opportunities for volunteers to get on the air?

 

Next meeting—Roger asked during the drive  will the meeting be rescheduled or postponed? 

Jenka proposes 4th Tuesday October 25th.

no

Program Committtee Minutes 4/2011

KBOO Program Committee Minutes 4/12/2011

 

 

Present:

Rabia Yeaman Chair

Becky Chiao-notetaker

Rebecca Ney

Per Fagareng

Roger Warner

Kathleen Stevenson

Chris Merrick

Mel Reslor

Reggae Bob

 

Agenda

 

Reports

Public Comments

Mel had a great idea

Strategic Plan

Program Evaluations/Renewals

 

 

Reports

 

Kathleen’s report—attached in writing.  Quarterly Reports, drive specials, food show maternity leave.  The host/coordinator of the show is going on hiatus because she is having a baby.  There are contributors, but none of them want to do the work of coordinating the whole show.  Becky and Rabia suggested making an announcement looking for substitute producer for the food show.

 

Rebecca Ney—Right to Survive, Will Munger primary producer suspended for profanity there are still other people contributing to the show.  Trillium will take lead responsibility for the show.  Rebecca has been listening to the Eavesdrop and feedback.  They are getting a lot of calls to the show.  Recommendation is that that be a permanent every other Thursday night show.  Needs something to alternate.  Becky asked about Terrell’s show, Chris said they did a late night music sub show and there were some complaints about misogynistic lyrics.  That is the progress on replacing Hard Knock Radio with something local.  Rabia said it would be great if we could get something like that 5 nights a week.  Rebecca said it is very hard to recruit for public affairs hosts.  Rabia said how about starting up a mentorship program that brings in new people to produce shows by giving them mentors who are experienced.

 

Hard Knock radio will be preempted during the membership drive.  Rebecca is going to let people create shows locally.  Kboo news may expand into an hour just for the drive.  Those are ideas to bring in more money, sometimes Evening News doesn’t bring much money in.

 

Chris Merrick—Membership Drive specials a bunch of music specials.  Rabia is doing one about Muppets.  Reggae Bob is doing one on Blacks to Britain.   Chris has been working on some personnel issues and PRETC grant materials and strategic planning.   Working with Tom.  Lots of requests for live remotes.  Tom is going to set up a training class to get people ready for the summer. 

 

Public Comments

 

Reggae Bob came to visit and say hi.

 

Mel’s Suggestion

 

Mel has a suggestion that we have materials or a packet for newcomers to the Program Committee and some tasks for people to do with the committee even if they aren’t members.  Rabia agrees that this is a good idea.  Mel thinks the committee’s authority could be altered under the collective management.    It is common for people to come from the public.  Kathleen thinks it a good idea to have a sheet.  Chris said that there is a packet for new members.  It might be a little out of date.  Becky suggested that Mel look at the packet and then try to boil down the information into one page and post it on the internet where the information about the Program Committee is.  Mel said he would give it a try and pass it around for review. 

 

Rebecca said often people make proposals and don’t know what the process is for either getting a show or not.  She gave Josh as an example of someone who is actively volunteering has made proposals.  We could review proposals and make a decision at each meeting.  Chris said he does talk to people about whether or not there is an opening and lets them be on a substitute list.  We could tell people that whether or not they’ll get a show it will depend on if there is an available slot.  Rebecca asked if we should tell people a definitive yes or no, or maybe only accept proposals when there is an opening.  Chris says he doesn’t tell people to come to the committee unless they ask about it and then it doesn’t hurt for them to come to the committee and meet people.  When people ask how do I get a show, Chris says submit something in writing, not come to the meeting.  Roger says why don’t you just put someone like Josh into the Hard Knock Radio slot.  Rebecca said there are lots of people who want to do music But it is difficult to find people to do public affairs, it would be a format change to replace a public affairs show with a music show.   

 

Are we communicating clearly with all the people who would like to do music shows?  Chris says we don’t want to shine people on we need to be honest with them when there is not an opening.  Rabia recommends hanging around and networking with other music programmers around the station.  Becky said if music spots are so coveted, what about an Open Mic type slot to let people get involved.  We did have something like that in the past Friday nights and it ended up being just a few people signing up for slots people.  Most wanted a permanent slot.  Many people who come in the door do so to get on the air.  We let new volunteers know that it is hard to get on the air, there is a lot of competition.  People do have to get trained and involved first. 

 

Strategic Plan

 

Becky asked if this committee is going to work on the things in the Strategic Plan that relate to Programming.   She said it would be useful for the board if staff or the committee reviews the section about Programming and give feedback about what won’t get done and commitments for what people will do.    Rabia suggested a work group.   Chris said the plan suggests major changes to things and would want to hear from the board that the direction should change.  For example, the plan says there will be a survey and then program changes in 5 months.  Ani said today that there is so much cynicism that people don’t buy in to making any positive steps.  Per asked what the group thought about the survey the Genevieve did a couple of years ago.  He thinks that was a good survey.  There were some programming changes that followed that survey.  Becky says that it the kind input that is needed and it seems like the committee structure is what should work.  2009 changes were made.  Per said there can be several surveys, internal and external.

 

Rabia and Becky are both interested in a work group.  Becky said she would do it as a work group or in the committee.  Per will volunteer for the subgroup too.   We’ll meet in the next three weeks and arrange the meeting by email including all of the committee.

 

Program Evaluations/Renewals

 

Rebecca  and Daniel have recruited about a dozen volunteers to join the PET—Program Evaluation Team.  The next step is to round people up and get a few classes scheduled.  Per and Roger did a lot of evaluations.  Old Mole, One Land Many Voices and Dirt Bag have more than one.  Some just have one--  Some don’t have any--.  Kathleen will send out on email the programs that still need them.  She won’t have time to meeting with all of them before the pledge drive.  One who has submitted a new proposal.  Other shows on the list still have to submit new proposals.  Rabia asked if there is a penalty for not submitting the renew.  Becky said that these am shows weren’t told that they have to renew the program but in the 2 year renewal process that we sketched out before would have submitting the renewal form as the first step of renewing a show and at the end of the 3 month process some shows might “fail” the review.

 

Roger provided some feedback on various shows he was listening to.  The shows that he heard seemed like they could have kept going on for longer. 

 

There was a discussion of the issues of preaching to the choir, hosting debates and what type of points of view the audience likes.  Should hosts be partial or impartial.  Kathleen said this is an issue of controversy in our community.

no

9 June 2009 Programming Committee Meeting Minutes

PROGRAMMING MEETING MINUTES, 9 June 2009

Present:
Rabia Yeaman (chair), jamilah bourdon (secretary), Chris Merrick, Rich Lindsay, Daniel Flessas, Per Fagereng, Jenka Soderberg, Linda Olson-Osterlund, Jade Pekkala, Kathleen Stephenson, Roger Warner, Bill Resnick, Ivonne Rivero, S.W. Conser

Guests:
Ivan Green, Trillium Shannon, Judy Fiestal, Jay Thiemeyer, Mimi Villarqui, Chris Andrae, Dmae Roberts, Kevin Card, Ed Kraus, Goudarz Eghtedari

The meeting begins at 7:00 pm.

jamilah made a motion to approve the May minutes.  Jade seconded.  All approved.  Trillium Shannon is the substitute for Kathleen while she is gone. 

REPORTS:
Kathleen was going to a meeting on website design.  There was also a decision-making training.  She met with half the programmers, and met with more for descriptions.  She was organizing a collective of people for a focus on Friday talk radio.  Fridays could be looked at as a possibility for people to try out for the talk radio spot.  People with proposals could also be looked at.  This would be a time for 'substitute status'.

Jenka said that the drive met 75% of the goal.  There was also a bequest of $60,000; with this there is a look at budget considerations for next year's drive.  Because of the bequeath we went over budget on the goal.  There was a capital campaign major event which occurred on the 8th of June.  On the 21st of June the 'Touch Of Portland' happened; it was a fundraiser for KBOO, to help with studio upgrades.  She also mentioned that there was leftover money from the field recording grant for the laptop comrex system for the blues festival.  In June, the specials were on 'Israel and the misuse of anti-semitism', and the U.S. Liberty.  In July there was a Village Building Convergence special. 

Chris mentioned that on June 27 there was a live remote for 'No Fest', from noon-10, and that we committed to the entire blues festival, which was on 2-5 July.  Pickathon was on the first week-end in August.  If we could afford it there would be an ISDN hookup for the Blues festival.  We could negotiate with Free Geek.  The (sound) engineering team would do live set-up and audio at sites.  people ideally would be mentored for this, as there is a desire to get more people involved.  Tom Hood was the person heading the Blues Festival.  From the 15th to the 19th of June, Chris and Ani were out of town. 

There was also a discussion of having a management analysis consultation.  This analyzes a business' work and goals.  This person is working pro-bono, looking at the primary, secondary and tertiary work and goals- the roles of paid staff and volunteers. 

Jenka mentioned that the listening session has been moved, as not enough people have signed up.  Chris mentioned that staff have been working on the trainings, incorporating more critical listenings, using the Marilyn Pittman trainings, the legal class.  The Spanish speaking programmers' meeting happened as well.  He was looking at how the schedules were put together.  How does it serve people, and where has it been placed?  There was a plan for someone to appear at the July meeting. 

Kathleen thought of doing pre-emptions for the talk radio strip, but Chris and Jenka advised her against it since it would have been too much, as she was getting ready to leave.  The issue will be re-addressed when she returns.  Linda wanted to know how much the hosts are supporting the rest of the station.  Jenka presented a current grid for genres, and not specific programs.  That could be viewed for advertising purposes, to capture listeners.

The question was asked, how shows fit in terms of scheduling?  Will programs on the air be taken off the air?  The committee has been attemting to finish the schedule due to Kathleen leaving, and meeting with the board.  Jenka's suggestion was to have a music block in the afternoon, moving the Native American programming to the evening.  Also, there was discussion of possibly moving the Friday Spanish programming to Tuesday, as the Friday programming has been an 'orphan'.  Ivonne suggested that Spanish programming be in two chunks of two hours, and possibly from 7am to the pm.  She was worried about the time being reduced for programming. 

Goudarz mentioned that his show was once a month, so it has been hard to get listenership.  He puts the show online as a response to this.  When KBOO was able to put programs online, he ended up putting programs on the site.  Chris Andrae  mentioned that people like listening at a certain time; they find this type of scheduling easier, as there is thematic consistency.  She thought the blocks were good.

Dmae said the grid was 'a long time coming'.  She could figure out what's going on, and how we are measuring the success of these changes.  She mentioned that there has been a shift of listeners calling in.  When we don't know information it can hold us back.  Are we doing marketing and cross-promotion to increase the visibility of the station?  How does this play out into how we are connected to one another?  With the grid, there is the possibility of people supporting one another. 

Chris mentioned of arbitron, that we could get a sense of drive time in the morning.  Arbitron is just a tool, not a deciding factor.  it takes 2-3 membership drives to know that a show has moved.  We also don't have the money to do a mass advertising campaign.  With three drives there is no window to see how we do.  What exactly is a radical change?  There will be a moving around of the schedule to see what shows connect with other shows.  Dmae responded by asking how we measure what is or isn't successful now.  Jenka mentioned that there was the follow-up community survey back in January that has been looked at.  She also mentioned that there is a website re-design happening, and was coming in July. 

Conch (S.W.) was interested in the idea of promotions:  a larger structure to get plugged into larger promotions.  Daniel mentioned that the free music archive is helping with promotions as well.  KBOO has been getting more notoriety.  Dmae added that polls are a good way of getting in touch with listeners.  Judy added that Marc De Giere was doing a web group on the first Thursday in July.  There was also a mention that there were mock-ups on the bulletin board (of the site's design) at the station. 

Judy suggested a Spanish-speaking talk show.

Bill mentioned that the grid permits program improvements and reaching out to the community.  He also said he was uncomfortable with not having 'Voices Of The Middle East','Africa On Fire' and 'Radio Free Ireland' on the air. 

Rabia mentioned that the web presents an opportunity to broadcast information.  Jenka mentioned that part of the capital campaign's goal was to have a web-only second stream. 

Ed asked what the process was for new program proposals.  Jenka responded that with the timeline proposed by the committee, in the context of what is being proposed for the Fall drive, the shows should be on by then.  Linda said she would like to have more training for programmers on the use of technologies. 

This was the last chance for the committee to make reccomendations for the scheduling to Chris, jenka and kathleen.  Monday, July 6 was when it was said there would be a new schedule.  There could be an announcement of a survey during 'Hard Knock Radio'.  There was a suggestion to think of social and economic dynamics, as well as mode of listening.

With talk radio, the only thing open was Friday, for auditions.  Rabia asked if there was a timeline for the new schedule. 

Chris made a motion to end the meeting at 10 pm; Roger seconded. 

(note:  at this point a schedule has been decided).

14 April 2009 Program Committee Minutes

Program Committee Minutes, 14 April 2009

Present: Rabia Yeaman (chair), jamilah bourdon (secretary), Jay Bozich, S.W. Conser (Conch), Rich Lindsay, Per Fagering, Bill Resnick, Chris Merrick, Roger Warner, Bill Zimmerman, Kathleen Stephenson, Linda Olson-Osterlund

Absent: Daniel Flessas, Tony Alabi, Jade Pekkala, Reggae Bob Hamilton

Guest: ani haines

REPORTS:
Kathleen:  At the staff meeting, information was shared about the NFCB conference.  She is also getting ready for the membership drive, which begins on the 1st of May.  There will be a May Day special on that day.

ani:  The spring membership drive pitching trainings are happening in the next thirteen days; there is a need for program hosts to sign up.  The 'how to pledge' thing has changed.  It begins on the 16th, for two hours.  On Thursday it will be from 7-9 pm, on Saturday from 12:30 to 2:30 pm and Sunday from 2-4.  On Monday it will be from Noon to 2 pm.  On Wednesday it will be from 3-5 pm.  The staff will send out information about this. 

Jenka:  She had a good time at the NFCB conference.  $4000 was raised at the Amy Goodman event this past week-end.  Next Friday there is a special on Political Prisoners in the U.S.  There is help needed for the May Day special on the 1st of May.  The theme for the drive is 'Spring Into Action'. 

Chris:  There needs to be some sort of standardizing, in order to show a checklist to programmers, to improve upon programming.  He is also working on specials for the drive.He is working with Andrew on thank-you gifts for the drive.  The deadline for the guide is this Friday.  The goal for each day of the drive is $8,000 a day.  He stated that the programmers need to work with pitchers to generate a response from listeners. He stated that at the NFCB conference it was stated that some stations hold programmers accountable, in terms of requiring commitments.  There is a mid-year budget review; this year, there is a fairly large deficit.  Chris stated that he is also dealing with personnel issues.  This takes up a portion of his time. 

Jay Bozich discussed the turntables in the air room being altered; neither John Mackey nor Toby (Dr. Zomb) Hardman were there to present proposals or ideas.  The both of them are also involved with the changes in the air room.  John is looking to move the first microphone in the air room; that microphone will be moved to where the turntables are.  Toby wrote a narrative of what is going on in the air room.  The turntables will ultimately move higher. 

John Mackey wanted to state that there are possible failures in the wires when the turntables are moved; if a wire breaks, there will be a buzz.  His concern also is if the turntables are moved constantly they will be out of balance.  Chris added that a microphone is being moved in front of turntables, so a deejay could just announce while at the turntables.  A fourth microphone may be added later.  He mentioned that the money is in the budget; the committee is just be asked to approve. 

Jay continued:  Toby is building the structure.  Once everything is structured, it should take a couple of days during the off-hours (during public affairs, 'democracy now', etc.).  John will be working on microphones.  Jay and Toby are working on turntables.  This change will not be happening during the drive.  This change is also not going to affect the board.  All the boxes and shelves on the wall will be moved to the back.

CONSENSUS:  The committee has approved this project.

Bill Zimmerman asked if there was any real way to contact the board operator/engineer during public affairs.  Steve Nassar has been looking into chatting with hosts on the computer.

In the Marilyn Pittman training, there was a question of the ability as a talk show host to drop a call.  If there is a possibility of putting in a line selector unit, the host needs to be aware of what line is on.
------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regarding the timeline for the programming changes this year:
Kathleen's sabbatical begins around June.  We need to help her with any changes with the schedule by the first of June. 

Should there be more or less public affairs programming, between noon and 4:00 pm?  Arthur has asked to look at the talk strip from 8:00 - 9:00 am.  Kathleen has gotten some new proposals.  By the next meeting (after the spring drive) we may finally see how the changes have worked.  Linda asked if there will be any Arbitron reports on how Democracy Now is doing.  There is information from last quarter.  At this point the committee made a request from Andrew to obtain Arbitron reports on the changes from last quarter, in particular Democracy Now. 
 
The finance committee is getting freaked out by the deficit.  There is the question of if the programming committee is going to prioritize anything by July.  The response to the finance committee is that we are following the timeline.  Chris also stated that during this drive, the morning shows may have problems due to the newest changes because people may not know when the shows are on.  There was a question of the state of the economy, in relation to people being able to contribute to the drive.  Jenka responded that the state of the economy was addressed at the NFCB conference, and it was stated that the economy usually does not effect how people give their money. 

Kathleen mentioned that the configuration from 9:00 - noon should be given a chance to solidify.  She does not have an easy answer to improve it, even though she knows it is not perfect.  She would start with one show at a time.  She asked if people want talk radio at all?  Do they want it without calls, or fewer calls?  Should there be syndicated programming instead?  Rabia stated that the evening programming has significantly improved, now we need to look at the morning programming.  She acknowledged how hard that was for Kathleen.  The schedule improvements help listeners find us, bud bad radio makes people turn the whole thing off.  Jenka stated that we should go over what the new proposals are, and that it's a question of individual shows at this point, before June 1.

Linda stated that we should address Kathleen's general questions now, and then deal with Jenka's proposal/suggestion.  She also said that she liked talk radio in general.

Roger wished for more opposing callers to the hosts.  Bill Z. mentioned that call-ins disrupt the show sometimes.  He stated that callers should be on point. jamilah said it should be up to the host to encourage opposing views, and to keep folks to the point.  Conch said that the topic should be interesting, but the guest cannot give the base arguments of what the point is.  Both the host and guest(s) should be knowledgeable of the subject.  Rich said that the host could compel people to overcome their shyness to call.  Per wished for more debate and discussion.  Bill R. wished the hosts would stay on topic.  He felt that screening the calls was good.  It is also a good idea to set up calls by people in order to stick to the subject. 

Chris mentioned that there were technical issues, and the quality of the host needed to be worked on and solved by the first of June. Look at the individual hosts and look at how the content should be presented.  He mentioned that listeners also like produced material.  Rabia asked that working on a show takes a lot of time, but if you want a radio show why not work on it?  The host needs:
-objectivity/neutrality, plus knowledge.
-the ability to control and steer conversations.

Jenka opined that talk radio is not working in her opinion.  She does not know if we have the resources to make changes.  She also mentioned that a lot of people listening to radio are getting ready for work, and for this reason talk radio is on at the wrong time. She suggested that Flashpoints could be on at 8:00 am, and produced public affairs could be on at 9:00 am. She also suggested with that, there be no calls; the hosts could just do interviews.  This could be better.

Chris suggested we keep talk radio on.  There are systemic issues: professional and personally.  Is there something else that will improve what already exists?  He suggested looking at how many people call in, and how often people call in during the drive.  Also, next month, do we look at presentation and quality for all of the talk shows? 

Kathleen led a list of options, in terms of the possibilities of the morning schedule.  Some of these were rife with issues and suggestions:
-call-in talk radio (alternative hosts?)
-newscasts (vibrant team)
-interviews
-syndication
-music
-silence
-debate (production team)
-lectures/readings (field recording crew/scheduling)
-commentary

Jenka mentioned that the strength of talk radio is that it could be flexible.  Linda mentioned that screening could help with encouraging new callers.. 

Chris then led a list of 'immediate emotional responses', in terms of listening to talk radio:
GOOD:                                                                            BAD:
-energy                                                                            -no topic
-prepared for topic                                                             -rudeness
-guests (live/phone)                                                           -axe to grind
-computer as a tool                                                           -punditry
-radical political perspectives                                             -filler
-materials available as needed
-directing the show
-articulate
-community connection

In terms of collectives, Jay responded that with them, you can't get a steady expectation of what's going to happen, but at the same time when they exist you de-personalize the time slot.

Conch mentioned that the point of all this should be about increasing numbers of listeners- those people just arriving in Portland.
We are scheduling another Retreat at Linda's house on Tuesday, April 28, we will send agenda and directions to the committee later.

 

The next programming meeting is on the 12th of May.

 

Jay made a motion to adjourn the meeting at 9:29 pm; Roger seconded.

 

March 10 2009 Program Committee Minutes

Programming Committee Minutes – March 10, 2009


Present: Rabia Yeaman (chair), jamilah bourdon (secretary), Per Fagerang, Bill Resnick, Chris Merrick, Jenka Soderberg, Kathleen Stephenson, Roger Warner, Jade Pekkala, Linda Olson-Osterlund, Daniel Flessas, Jay Bozich, Rich Lindsay, S.W. Conser

Absent: Ivonne Rivero, Bill Zimmerman, Kevin Card (all excused)

The meeting began at 7:07 pm.

jamilah motioned to table the February minutes until next month; Roger seconded.  The committee will make a commitment to read the minutes (either through e-mail or the web) before the meetings; at the meetings there will only be one copy.

REPORTS:
Kathleen talked about the training and equipment grant.  People to receive the grant were finally chosen.  She has been meeting with programmers about the process of the program changes.  She has also been meeting with Toni about the MacKenzie River Gathering, in terms of recording their members for oral history: facilitating short interviews for memories from key people.  Meetings with 'talk show' people is ongoing.  The staff also had a retreat..

Jenka mentioned that over 200 people attended the training which Marilyn Pittman facilitated.  The staff then discussed how to carry forward and follow-up on the training.  The NFCB Conference is from April 1-4.  An open house is on the 2nd at the Holocene- there will be a shuttle between KBOO and the Holocene.  On April 24 there will be a political prisoner special.  It is also worth re-visiting the 'Davey D-like' hip hop promo.  There has not been talk about developing this local content.  There has been mostly positive feedback about Hard Knock Radio, and the few negative comments were about the music in the background.

Chris mentioned that the Spring Drive was coming up, in six weeks.  There is a plan to apply Marilyn Pittman's training to how we pitch.  There is a possible plan to look at more programmer involvement in pitching.


REPORT ON MORNING PUBLIC AFFAIRS SWITCHES
The 9:00 am to 12:00 noon program changes were implemented on the 2nd of March. There are more attempts to work on the flow of the programming.  The changes that happened are as followed:
  -9:00 –10:00  am (this is a strip oriented around the political)
  -Monday- Old Mole Variety Hour
  -Tuesday- To Be Announced
  -Wednesday- Alternative Radio
  -Thursday- Presswatch
  -Friday- APA Compass/Veterans' Voice/One Land, Many Voices
  -At 10:00  am, Air Cascadia comes on, instead of 11:00.
The idea is to connect arts and performance on the same day, in order to have less patchwork, and more categorical scheduling.


MARILYN PITTMAN FOLLOW-UP
In terms of the Marilyn Pittman training, there were mostly good things to say about the experiences from the committee.  Conch (S.W.) mentioned that it helped him make more conscious listening in terms of what does and does not work.  He found through this experience that things can be problematic in even good work.  Bill said that the second half of the training (listening to air checks) was helpful.  There was a point made that there were tips to be stronger, and more critical and constructive- be more direct!

Linda mentioned that the most interesting aspect was the critical listening part.  Be friendly about critiques.  There is always something good in an air check; the point is to get better, and to "be in it together to produce better radio".  These trainings have also made her re-think the detailed checklist that's been developed.  She asked if there will be a follow-up questionnaire/feedback at the end of the training; questions such as if people would do it again, and what they got out of it.  Chris responded that there will be a critique of Marilyn's performance.

A few of the critiques:
Bill mentioned that in some ways her training was asking everyone to be like her.  Daniel countered that, mentioning that she wanted more coming from us; not necessarily wanting us to be like her.  She wanted us to be more aggressive.  She emphasized that we should let go of the outcome.  Per mentioned that there was an issue of form v. content.  If you prepare a set of questions, what happens when the interview takes another turn?  Conch responded that the training discussed the freedom to 'riff' on the questions; the questions are a base, and should not be set in stone.  Rabia said that the trainings were beneficial for all of the programmers. It also shows that KBOO is serious about improving the quality and sound of the programming.

Kathleen made a suggestion that there be revisions to the form, now that we have had these trainings.


EVALUATIONS OF MORNING PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Chris asked if there was going to be a list next month of compelling/non-compelling shows.  There will be a retreat on the 24th of this month- it will be an evaluation meeting.  Rabia mentioned it will be a self-critiquing of the current evaluative method, as well as listening to new proposals.  Kathleen volunteered to make a checklist based on things that were dominant in Marilyn's discussions. She also mentioned that she learned a lot how to listen to people through the trainings.  We could use this as a guideline.  Rabia asked if all the programmers have been counseled; and Linda asked if all the programmers have been spoken to in terms of the changes.  Kathleen responded that programmers have been informed, but some are more receptive than others.

Per suggested that for the evaluations, instead of doing them minute by minute, just look at what 'jumps out' at you, then do a general evaluation.  Linda said that this session is to train ourselves to listen; the best thing is to only evaluate about 10 shows for quality, not necessarily listening in order to cut shows.  Kathleen mentioned that the priority should be on shows that are on more often:  once a week (or once a day).  Bill said that we should make a 'semi-informed choice' on which shows are chosen for the evaluations.  Rabia suggested that two of the most recent recordings of the shows be evaluated, in order to be fair to everyone.

Committee members will listen to one show, and bring the evaluation of that show to the meeting on the 24th.

SOLICITING NEW PUBLIC AFFAIRS PROPOSALS
In the conversation on getting more proposals, there was a suggestion to utilize the web (Myspace, etc.) to get new proposals.  jamilah will make an announcement to be aired.  Per asked which community we are speaking to for these proposals?  What do people need to do to go out and get proposals?  One suggestion that was made was to make flyers; Jenka already made some in relation to getting a local 'Hard Knock'-type show on the air.  Chris said that he gets 1-2 cold proposals per week, but it is usually a proposal for something that already exists on the air.  Exactly which community needs are not being addressed?  What are we looking for?  Kathleen mentioned that there used to be an 'internship program': a place on the radio where people could try out their skills.  With this, there is a development of people from a general level, in order to train people for the air.

Kathleen will also be gone on a sabbatical for three months beginning in May; there needs to be a temporary replacement for her.


SPRING MEMBERSHIP DRIVERSHIP DRIVE
Chris stated that the Spring Drive was from May 1-16. If we are going to catch up on the deficit, we must go over the goal (which is $115, 000 this time).  Andrew and ani are looking at re-training programmers for pitching for their own shows.  This is different from simply getting 'people who pitch good'.  There is an action to look into getting an on-air coordinator: a supervisor for the pitchers and hosts; and a 'table person' who deals with the phones and paperwork.  Linda then mentioned that we ought to do a better job with the table.  We should make it consistent with getting the money in.  We should get the focus to be more on the show, as opposed to gossiping around the table.  Bill responded that in these lulls around the table, he's had experiences in contacting lapsed members. Chris then responded that more work needs to be done in order to make the drive successful.  Various distractions (such as the NFCB conference) exist, therefore that the
 drive cannot get the complete attention it should.  Chris also asked about specials that should air during the drive.  Bill suggested there be a May Day special, with an emphasis on the economy.  He also suggested there be marching bands, guests who are international workers, and a street party, with mass singing of songs from a 'radical songbook'.
SEGUES/COMMUNITY CALENDAR/I.R. SPOTS – HOW TO USE THEM
Chris mentioned that there are programmers who think that the segues/community calendar/etc. get in the way of their shows.  Jay made the suggestion of seeing if the listeners need the calendar; in terms of this evaluation we could also do this with the calendar.  Rabia stated that we should enforce the policy of 'less personality' in the community calendar, and more announcing.  Jenka suggested we do training on how to do promos and the community calendar.  Chris then suggested there be a 'tip sheet' for training, on how to get in and out of shows.


DECISION-MAKING PROCESS (By board request)
The board, during the staff/board retreat, made a request for all the committees to follow the 'decision making process proposal'.  There will be a decision made at the April board meeting after feedback from the committees about the process and decisions to follow this process of consensus, which basically follows 'Robert's Rules'.


Chris made a motion to end the meeting at 9:28 pm; Roger seconded.

10 February 2009 Program Committee Minutes

Program Committee Minutes, 10 February 2009

Present: Roger Warner (vice chair), jamilah bourdon (secretary), Rich Lindsay, Bill Zimmerman, Jade Pekkala, Kathleen Stephenson, Per Fagereng, Kevin Card, Chris Merrick, S.W. Conser, Daniel Flessas, Jay Bozich

Absent: Jenka Soderberg (excused), Rabia Yeaman (excused), Tony Alabi, Ivonne Rivero, Linda Olson-Osterlund, Bill Resnick, Bob Hamilton

Guests:  Stephanie Potter, Scott Forrester, Chris Andrae

The meeting began at 7:04. 

REPORTS:
Chris stated that he is working on a number of big projects.  The board is giving the committee projects to follow up on, such as a re-training on how to do radio.  On Sunday, the 8th of March there is going to be a 24-hour special for International Women's Day.  For 4-5 days in April the NFCB conference is happening.  There is a 30-40% discount by February 20th (the 'early bird discount'). The Winter pledge drive reached $34,000.  Most days did well.  There is a slightly higher percentage of new members, as well as the highest percentage of online pledges.  From April 30- May 16, there is going to be an 18-day drive.  The goal is for $115-125,000.

Kathleen stated that the time was filled with dealing with the membership drive.  Chris did a lot more for the MLK and inauguration specials.  She also took the last week and a day off.  The upcoming specials are the homelessness marathon (4pm February 23rd to 6 am on the 24th).  The focus is on people of the Gulf Coast of Mississippi, namely, the people still reeling from hurricane Katrina.  There is work to do a better job of pre-emptions, in terms of specials like this.  There is another challenge in terms of International Women's day; there was lateness around organizing for that day.  This is also the day Marilyn Pittman is here. 

Chris stated that a focus for the program changes deadline is for July-December.  The hope is that things will be smoothed out by then.  We also have to work around the membership drives for the program changes.  If the drive is in May, we have to have new programs on by June the 1st, so the new programs an be known by the September drive.  We also have ot get work done by the time Kathleen takes her sabbatical. 

There is a $20,000 grant in order for Marilyn Pittman to do a training for 175 people in 5 days.  Some of the funds from this grant also go to administrative overhead.  During this training there is a party on the 7th of March.  The basis for the training is: Techniques on how to produce and present radio. There was a question asking why Ms. Pittman was the one chosen to do the training.  The response is that she has been highly reccomended and is experienced with community radio.  Chris will discuss with Arthur about getting Marilyn's programming on the website, so the membership could hear.  Ms. Pittman will also hear some of the programming on KBOO.  Chris' suggestion is to talk the training up and make it a positive thing; to learn radio from somebody outside of KBOO.  The trainings will most likely be first come, first served.  It may not be at the station, in order to accommodate everyone.  Information will come soon about volunteers signing up. 

Kathleen presented a 'Logic for the proposed grid for Public Affairs'.  She looked at a 'focus group' asking how thy listened to radio.  People relied on the political//public affairs programming, then tuned out when there was 'arts & culture' programming.  The 'radio zine' by default, is what we have today, and there is not much thought behind it.  Kathleen said that it would be of benefit for listeners to have a 'political strip'.  'Community' or 'how-to' programming would be later in the day, around 11 a.m.   She also stated that the goal is to look at what we have.  The next step is to evaluate it.  The deadline in March is the first step. 

Chris has also been speaking to programmers about the changes, and those who have responded have essentially supported Kathleen's proposal.  Stephanie and Chris Andrae (who attended the meeting) supported Kathleen as well. Chris Andrae was also looking at ways to obtain money to look at market trends and content.  She is looking at KBOO to lead, as opposed to following trends.  Kathleen responded that part of the grant money requires Chris, Jenka and herself staying home and listening to the programming.  $20,000 is the full amount of the grant, and not the full amount going to Ms. Pittman. 

jamilah made a motion to support Kathleen in implementing the proposal she has set.  Kevin seconded.  All were in favor.  The true work of the proposal begins in March, and we have until April 30th to heavily promote it. 

In a discussion about pre-emptions, Chris asked that if a person has not been notified of a pre-emption within a certain amount of time, does a programmer still have the right to still be on the air as originally planned?  He also noted that specials should be announced within a month in advance, and most definitely, immediately after the program guide lists the special.  Conch (S.W.) makes a mention of common courtesy- notifying others about the changes.  Scott made a suggestion to have notation on recurring specials that require pre-emption, as well as a location to list future pre-emptions; and a contact for programmers. 

Chris noted that there was a staff meeting where they discussed improving the process with on-air staff about who confirms pre-emptions.  Kathleen mentioned she was hoping to make a calendar of regular pre-emption times, as a reminder for staff.  Chris noted that membership drives were also opportunities for pre-emptions.  Scott suggested that comments and ideas be taken from members for special programming; keep the communication open between staff, programmers and members.

Kevin suggested the committee listen to one particular program in order for there to be a consensus.  The committee will bring this back to Jenka in the next meeting.  Kathleen agreed, emphasizing that it is important that a 'common group of shows that everyone has listened to' be discussed.  Scott reiterated Daniel's point of placing the shows on the web page to discuss which ones are being discussed, to promote transparency.  Kathleen and others mentioned the difficulty to get all the content on the web, due to copyright issues with music. 

The committee looks for all of this to be implemented by next month.  Kathleen and Chris will bring all of this back to Jenka. 

Roger made a motion to adjourn the meeting at 8:51 p.m.; Per seconded. 
 

13 January 2009 Program Committee Minutes

13 January 2009, Programming Committee Minutes

Present: Rabia Yeaman (chair), jamilah bourdon (secretary), Chris Merrick, Jay Bozich, Linda Olson-Osterlund, Per Fagereng, Ivonne Rivero, Jade Pekkala, Kathleen Stephenson, Roger Warner, Tony Alabi, Bill Resnick, Bill Zimmerman, Rich Lindsay, Jenka Soderberg, S.W. Conser

Absent: Kevin Card (excused), Daniel Flessas (excused), Bob Hamilton

Guests: Scott Forrester, Shireen Farrahi, Bobbie Carrie

The meeting began at 7:04 pm.

REPORTS:
Chris stated that the MLK special is coming up; production will be from 11-7pm on Monday.  The Winter drive will be from January 26-31.  The goal is $50,000- about $8,000  a day.  This is to make up for some of the loss from the Fall drive, and to look to the Spring drive.  With the Winter drive, the Spring and Fall drives will be shorter.  There will also be fewer specials and thank you gifts, and more emphasis on programmers.  The goal of the Spring drive will be 14-17 days long.  There will be more training for pitchers for the Spring drive.  There are sign up sheets for volunteering for the drive out front in the hallway.

The NFCB conference will be from April 1-4.  There will be various workshops on management, engineering, etc.  There is an expectation of 200-250 people at the conference.  There will be an live electronica special at the Holocene.    The deadline for the February guide is Friday, the 16th of January.  There will be some public affairs and music specials for 'BLack History Month'.  International Womens' Day is in March, as well as the Homelessness marathon. 

Jenka stated that from 7 am to 7 pm, Tuesday the 20th is the 'inauguration special'. On January the 26th is a teach-in on the economic crisis, and alternatives.  There are still spaces to contribute to specials.  On the 28th, there is a special on 'shifting gears for a carbon-free future'.  On Friday the 30th from 8 am to noon: Sustainable Cities.  The drive specials are tentatively themed 'new beginnings'.  The board/staff retreat next month (on the 21st of February) will happen to see whether things can be more effective for everyone. 

In April there will be a mandatory training for on-air programming excellence.  This is part of a grant for evaluations of programming.  An action item for jamilah was to speak with Marc about getting the programming notes on the web.

Linda made a motion to approve the minutes; Per seconded.  Ivonne abstained amongst an otherwise unanimous vote.  Rabia mentioned that new proposals were accepted all the time.

In the public comments, Scott Forrester stated that one of his platforms for running for the KBOO board was to stop programming changes until we figure out where we are going as a station.  He stated that we do not have a vision, and mentioned that we are tossing older people "to the curb".  He stated that the changes we are doing are not intelligent.  We are changing the parts without realizing the vision/strategy.  He stated that we should "consider no new changes."  We should also stimulate conversation of our process on the radio.  He also noted that people in Pendleton gathered together $5500 in less than a week, so they could have access to KBOO.

Bobbie Carrie and Shireen Farrahi represented the Cascade Festival of African Films.  KBOO will be a sponsor for the 10th year.  There will be film-makers coming to Portland; they are here in the States, and will be available for interviews.  They stated that there was complete contact information, etc., on the organization's website. 

Conch (S.W.) asked about getting information about documents from NFCB and other sources like listener responses, in response to Scott's concerns. 

There was a reiteration of the difficulty in describing why a show is good.  We have identified as a group the criteria of what makes a show sound good.  What is the difference between a host sounding prepared, and not?  Jenka developed a spreadsheet with a scoring criteria.  It was stated that aside from the criteria listed, there should also be a category for program proposals on the spreadsheet.  Rabia stated that we needed to further define the meanings of of the criteria, e.g. 'preparedness':  What specifically does that mean? 

CRITERIA: Public Affairs
-Preparation
   *Host knows guest name and organization. 
   *Questions>topic & specific- not all broad and open-ended- knowledgeable on opposing points of view
   *Runsheet
   *Emergency back-up content
   *On time for show, and ends on time: arrive 15 minutes early. 
   *Prepared introduction
   *Host gives contacts and references

-Presentation
   *Host announces show following theirs; mentions website/'join now'
   *Flow:
                         Pacing/Substance
         *Intro------------------------------------Conclusion

                              Inform              Reference/Contact Information 
          Problem        Challenge>Solutions
          Topic             Define            Ideas
                        -RESOLUTION-
   *Host gives guest time- satisfying listener curiosity
   *Host- listening and responding continuously
   *Frequent reintroduction, every 10 minutes
   *Outro- reintroduce/contact information
   *Animated-avoid repetitive comments/noises

Chris also asked the question of if a person is on every week, or are they part of a collective- Do they know what other people are presenting, that are part of this collective.  This could be part of the criteria of presentation.  Chris also made a note that:
   -Readings/essays (fiction/non-fiction)
   -Commentary
   -Performance (actor, speaker)
   -News
   -Sound scape
   -Audio/music
are all elements that make a program more compelling (aka 'the spice'). 

-Compelling Guest and Topic
   *Guest SOUNDS knowledgeable on topic- comfortable and audible; not ranting or rambling
   *Topic
       *Current events
       *Variety in topic/guests
       *Hidden stories/under-reported stories
       *Find one surprise (aka 'curveball') for listeners

-Engineering
   *Don't mention equipment breakdown
   *Deal with snafus so listener doesn't know
   *Smooth transitions between segments and shows
   *No dead air
   *Avoid background noise/squeaks/paper
   *Fade ins/outs
   *Good levels between guests/music/carts/voice
   *Preview in cue/carts/microphones
   *Play carts on time: Be timely for show transition
   *Turn off microphones when not on the air

-Connection to the community
   *Outreach
         *Having guests from related organizations/local people
         *Attend workshop on outreach, plus follow up
         *Familiar with topics and organizations-local & global
         *Events and calendars: Promote and participate
         *Make local connections, and look at global issues

The programming retreat will be on the 3rd of February, at 6 pm.

For the closing comments, Scott stated that a retreat is a violation of Oregon law and that for the committee to hold a retreat is an act of cowardice.  Scott asked Rabia to reconsider and she stated we would hold the retreat, for program committee members only, Scott responded that he would take action by starting an e-mail and letter writing campaign.  Rabia cut off response by several committee members and asked for a motion to adjourn.

Chris made a motion to adjourn the meeting at 9:35 pm; Bill Zimmerman seconded.

10 June 2008 Programming Committee Minutes

 

10 June 2008
 
Program Committee Meeting
Chair: Rabia Yeaman
Note-taker: Jenka Soderberg
Present: Roger Warner, S.W. Conser, Jade Pekkala, Kathleen Stephenson, Chris Merrick, Per Fagering, Bill Resnick, Tony Alabi, Daniel Flessas, Ivonne Rivero
Guests: Jack Bohl, Rich Lindsay, Crystal Leighty, Linda Olson-Osterlund, Bridget, Scott Forrester, Genevieve Matthews, Clemy, Reggae Bob Hamilton, Jay Bozick, Pablo I, Sister E
 
Minutes from May: M/S/P
 
Bill Resnick suggests agenda item: develop a list of best practices and an effort to involve all programmers in outreach to the populations they serve
-Rabia responds that we need a fuller discussion, not enough time tonight
-Per suggests that this be addressed during a retreat – Per, Jenka, Kathleen, Bob, Jade, Bill, Rabia – all interested in participating
-Chris points out that some of this has been addressed already
 
Reports:
Kathleen – talks about NFCB station assessment, meetings among staff about program changes, peer evaluations – some have been handed in, some have not
 
Jenka – talks about peer evaluations – hopefully this process will be something done every year, Food System special on June 2, Grassroots Radio Conference, GRC coming up in July – special programming connected to GRC and KBOO 40th anniversary, archive special every evening next week
 
Chris: Program renewal forms and notices went out last week for 6 – midnight programmers – some late night programmers interested in moving their shows, GRC – KBOO volunteers can register, June 21 – NOFEST live remote, Blues Fest July 3 – 6, NFCB station assessment – we will lobby CPB to extend our funding through 2009 on the basis of a business plan that is currently being developed, Pink Martini – novelty check $15,000 from fundraiser last week, noticiero news collective no longer exists – will meet later this month to rebuild – possibly with KPCN, Radio Bilingue connection, John Talley had a fall – Bruce Crespin is subbing for now
 
Program format ideas/changes:
Question from Bridget about how this process came about – Per: declining listenership, Jenka: the last time there were program changes on KBOO was 10 years ago – hopefully program renewals can begin to be done on a regular basis, Chris – Board gave a goal last December for program changes to increase listenership – first set of changes by Aug. 1, 2nd set by Jan. 1st, Everyone on the air will be asked to renew their shows (how do you do outreach to your community, what kind of guests do you bring in, how do you use the web, etc)
 
Democracy Now:
Chris: Democracy Now may move from 11 to 7 or 8 am, which would affect the morning public affairs; shuffling and evaluating all of the public affairs couldn’t happen by August 1st
-Kathleen: If the goal is to increase listenership – according to the experts, the most important time is morning drive time – say 6 – 9 am; morning drive time should match evening drive time; drive time transition should begin before 8 am; what would increase listeners? Democracy Now or bluegrass.
-Conch: Is this issue so urgent that it needs to be addressed before the 6 – 6 format change in January?
-Rabia: this change could influence CPB funding
-Jade, Jack and Per like the idea of 7 am
-Linda: what audience would we be losing if we move it to 7 am?
-Daniel: when the station first put Democracy Now! on at 11, people thought the time was a strange choice, but people found it and listen to it
-Scott: suggests Democracy Now at 6 am – KPOJ is bad from 6 – 9 am, we should do hard-hitting local programming at that time
 
Discussion on Chris’ proposed schedule for six – midnight (Evening Schedule 2.0)
-Chris introduces schedule – how to get younger listeners – younger hosts, minority outreach, moving late-night programming
-Daniel: what we do well is still here on the schedule
-Per: results of the survey should be brought into the decision – our main competition is OPB – they do no music weekday evenings
-Rabia: 4 – 7 public affairs, with Democracy Now at 4 – broadcast quality is an issue for other shows, at 7 we should start with music – maybe jazz, urban format later
-Conch: likes Deena’s proposal for more hip-hop – would require lots of outreach
-Bill: concern – we don’t want to be a monoculture radio station, but how do we compete with those stations
 
Rabia: process of getting these changes done as a committee – focus on new programs, genres – what is most effective? – horizontal or vertical grid?
-Daniel: makes more sense to go the other way – start with our programming strengths
-Chris: let’s take more chances with the schedule – rather than just having a specific genre for each night of the week – compelling vs. non-compelling – compelling: dynamic, use of web, community interaction; non-compelling: repetitive, technical errors
-risk: open airtime – what if no one shows up to fill that space
-Daniel: sunsetting – process for programmers to ask “Why am I on the air? How am I serving the community?”
-Conch: we have to remember that we are in crisis – OPB has a new show with blogs, chats, emails on the air, competent host; while we have talk radio where the phones don’t even work
-Ivonne: what will be the process for making this happen – should we have more meetings?
            -Chris: has suggested that we probably will not have a whole brand new schedule by August 1st – outreach for some of these options could take months – probably we will have pilot shows, audition shows, transitions, adults supervising kids on the air
 
Program committee retreat:
-Daniel suggests maybe a meeting June 24, then every two weeks until August
M/S/P
            -will these meetings count for people to become members? Yes
Chris: suggests June 28th for retreat – day after proposals are due, Rabia suggests Sunday July 6th 10 – 4 – Jade offers her house
-Daniel asks if non-members can come? Chris explains why not
 
Public comment:
Scott Forrester – can KBOO staff vote at Program committee?
-Yes
When is retreat scheduled? Is it open? 
-Chris suggested June 28th – no, not open to public, added that retreat is not formal, it is only informal discussion
-Scott responded: Board members have a right to go to meetings, public should, as well
-Scott: would like to see the survey results
-then asked why the Doug Fir was mentioned? 
-Chris: there has been some informal discussion already with the Doug Fir
-Scott: critical of Doug Fir, which is too hip to even know KBOO is here
-also asked: will the guest deejays be required to get full training?
-Chris: no, there will be a host to take responsibility for the content
Scott also commented that there are too many staff with the amount of money that is coming in
-also commented that between 6 -8 on KPOJ, there is terrible programming – why not do talk on KBOO at that time?
 
Sister E – how is the station, not just programmers, going to go out in the community to promote KBOO?
-with the focus on youth, if you’re over 35, should you bother applying?
 
Pablo – look at the wall to see what KBOO used to do in the community, BOO Ball – when we got away from this type of event, then listenership started to go down
-Ivonne agrees: why not do a Boo Ball this year? – the world is changing, KBOO needs to change too
-Underwriting: how will they respond to program changes?
-Chris: underwriters choose a genre, program, host – all of these will be dealt with by the underwriting coordinator
            -Scott: why not have the members be honored on the air, rather than underwriters?
 
Reggae Bob – we are moving too fast with the changes, are we going to change the KBOO charter? –it used to be avant garde to have black people on the air daily – are we now at a point that we don’t need to have black people on the air on a daily basis?
-what about a trial or probationary period for shows?
            -with the renewal, we will look at a number of things
-if someone designs their own block, will it even be considered?
            -Chris: everyone is free to put in a grid, they will all be considered
 
Linda: concern about guest teenagers – needs to be past ten – that’s when teenagers listen, indecency issues won’t be a problem; older generation is listening earlier in the evening; programmers should be given a chance to improve; outreach by putting upcoming interviews, public affairs in local newspapers
 
Genevieve: Development committee – meets 1st Monday of the month – block party is still a possibility, also first Fridays art walk in this neighborhood; survey results will be released as soon as Arthur finalizes the results